punjab aab-e-pak authority government of punjab
Post on 23-Apr-2022
17 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
DELIVERABLE NO. 5
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
(VOLUME-II:TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS)
(RAWALPINDI DIVISION) FEBRUARY 2021
PUNJAB AAB-E-PAK AUTHORITY GOVERNMENT OF PUNJAB
Provision of Clean Drinking Water by
Punjab Aab-e-Pak Authority (Phase-I)
NORTH ZONE
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISIONTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN
RAWALPINDI DIVISION
Contents 1 GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................. ........... 1
1.2 Objectives ............................................................................................................................. ............... 1
1.3 Description of Work ............................................................................................................................ 2
1.4 Contract Area ............................................................................................................................. ......... 2
1.5 Project Description ............................................................................................................................. . 3
2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................................................. 9
2.1 General ............................................................................................................................. ................... 9
2.2 Responsibility for Information ............................................................................................................. 9
2.3 Workmanship ...................................................................................................... ................................ 9
2.4 Standards ............................................................................................................................. ............. 10
2.5 Contractor’s Staffing and Labour Force............................................................................................. 10
2.6 Material and Equipment ................................................................................................................... 11
2.7 Accesses, Use of Land and Trespassing ............................................................................................. 12
2.8 Contractor Activities on Private Property .......................................................................................... 13
2.9 Safe Working Conditions ................................................................................................................... 13
2.10 Inspections and Tools ........................................................................................................................ 17
2.11 Testing of Materials and Goods ........................................................................................................ 17
2.12 Report Preparation, Meeting and Taking Photographs ..................................................................... 18
2.13 Measurement and Payment .............................................................................................................. 19
2.14 Temporary Site Facilities ................................................................................................................... 20
2.15 Review of Technical Documents ........................................................................................................ 23
2.16 Review Procedure for Drawings ........................................................................................................ 23
2.17 Submittal of Documents ........................................................................................................ ............ 23
2.18 System of Units ............................................................................................................................. .... 27
3 CIVIL WORKS ................................................................................................................................................. 29
3.1 Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling ............................................................................................... 29
TOC-I
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.2 Concrete ............................................................................................................................. ............... 34
3.3 Brick and Cement Concrete Block Work ............................................................................................ 48
3.4 Surface Rendering ........................................................................................................... .................. 51
3.5 Damp Proofing ............................................................................................................................. ..... 52
3.6 Roof Insulation ............................................................................................................................. ..... 54
3.7 Flooring .............................................................................. ............................................................... 55
3.8 Painting Work ............................................................................................................................. ...... 56
3.9 Measurement and Payments ............................................................................................................ 58
4 MECHANICAL / PLUMBING WORKS ................................................................................................................ 60
4.1 Installation of Piping ......................................................................................................................... 60
4.2 Skid Mounted Equipment Packages .................................................................................................. 68
4.3 Fabrication and Assembly .............................................................................................. ................... 76
4.4 Water Supply Pipes, Pipe Laying and Appurtenances ........................................................................ 77
4.5 Installation ........................................................................................................................................ 79
5 CONSTRUCTION OF TUBE WELLS ................................................................................................................... 81
5.1 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................. ................... 81
5.2 GROUND WATER INVESTIGATION ..................................................................................................... 81
5.3 INSTALLATION OF WELL CASING ........................................................................................ ............... 83
5.4 GRAVEL SHROUDING ......................................................................................................................... 87
5.5 GROUTING OF PUMP HOUSING CASING ........................................................................................... 88
5.6 DEVELOPMENT AND TESTING ............................................................................................... ............ 89
5.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................................................................... 97
6 TUBE WELL PUMPING FACILITIES ................................................................................................................... 97
6.1 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................. ................... 97
6.2 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 97
6.3 CIVIL WORKS ............................................................................................................................. ........ 97
6.4 MECHANICAL WORKS ........................................................................................................................ 98
6.5 LIFTING GEAR (CHAIN PULLY) .......................................................................................................... 104
6.6 CHLORINATION EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................... 104
6.7 GUARANTEE .................................................................................................................................... 105
6.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .................................................................................... 105
6.9 SPARES AND TOOLS ......................................................................................................................... 105
6.10 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ..................................................................................................... 105
TOC-II
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TOC-3
7 SUPPLY & INSTALLATION OF HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYENE PIPES ............................................................. 106
7.1 Work Included ............................................................................................................................. .... 106
7.2 Shop Drawings ............................................................................................................................. ... 106
7.3 Marking ................................................................................ ........................................................... 107
7.4 Installation Requirements ............................................................................................................... 108
7.5 Pipe Laying and Protection .............................................................................................................. 110
7.6 PRODUCT HANDLING, DELIVERY AND STORAGE ............................................................................. 110
8 ELECTRICAL WORKS ...................................................................................................................................... 112
8.1 General ............................................................................... ............................................................. 112
8.2 Scope ............................................................................................................................. .................. 112
8.3 Building Electrical Works ................................................................................................................. 112
8.4 Electric Power Supply for the Filtration Room ................................................................................. 115
8.5 Low Voltage (LV) Distribution Boards ............................................................................................. . 116
8.6 LT Cables ............................................................................................................................. ............ 117
8.7 Lighting System, Wiring & Material ................................................................................................ 118
8.8 Conduits & Pipes ............................................................................................................................. 121
8.9 Earthing Protection ......................................................................................................................... 121
9 FILTRATION PLANTS ...................................................................................................................................... 123
9.1 Treatment Plants ............................................................................................................................. 123
9.2 WORKS TO BE INCLUDED ................................................................................................................ 123
9.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF WORKS ....................................................................................................... 123
9.4 FILTRATION ............................................................................................................................. ........... 126
9.5 Design Criteria ................................................................................................................................. 127
9.6 Filtration Plants ........................................................................................................................... .... 131
9.7 Granular Ferric Hydroxide for Arsenic Removal ............................................................................... 134
9.8 Activated Alumina (AA) absorbent for Fluoride Removal ................................................................ 135
9.9 Removal of Nitrate and Nitrite ........................................................................................................ 138
9.10 Reduction of Hardness .................................................................................................................... 140
9.11 REVERS OSMOSIS PLANT ................................................................................................................... 142
9.12 CERTIFICATION ON THE PLANT COMPONENTS ................................................................................ 148
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TOC-4
9.13 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA AFTER INSTALLATION ................................................................................. 148
9.14 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR OPERATED AND MAINTAINED PLANTS ................................................ 149
10 PUMPING EQUIPMENT AND O&M INSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................. 150
10.1 General ............................................................................................................................. ............... 150
10.2 Tests ................................................................................................................................................ 152
10.3 Products ............................................................................................................................. ............. 154
10.4 Execution ............................................................................................................................. ............ 155
10.5 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................................... 156
11 CONTROL AND MONITORING SYSTEM (CMS) .......................................................................................... 157
11.1 SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................................................. 157
11.2 KEY SYSTEM FEATURES AND ELEMENTS FOR CMS .......................................................................... 158
11.3 FACTORY TESTS: .............................................................................................................................. 160
11.4 TESTS ON INSTALLATION COMPLETION .......................................................................................... 161
11.5 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................ 162
11.6 Documentation .............................................................................................. ................................. 166
11.7 Operation & Maintenance Instructions ........................................................................................... 168
11.8 Program and Project Management ................................................................................................. 168
12 TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND HAND-OVER......................................................................................... 171
12.1 General ............................................................................................................................. ............... 171
12.2 Prerequisites .................................................................................................................................... 171
12.3 Test and Commissioning ................................................................................................................. 172
12.4 Start-up Operation .......................................................................................................................... 172
12.5 Hand Over of the Site ...................................................................................................................... 173
13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES ...................................................................................... 174
13.1 General ............................................................................................................................................ 174
13.2 Scope ................................................................................... ............................................................ 174
13.3 Aim of Operation and Maintenance ................................................................................................ 175
13.4 Repair Time and Costs for O&M ...................................................................................................... 178
13.5 Performance Targets during the Operation Period ......................................................................... 178
13.6 Penalties ............................................................................................................................. ............. 179
13.7 Operation and Maintenance Manual .............................................................................................. 180
13.8 Specific Requirements ..................................................................................................................... 182
13.9 Operating Records and Reports ...................................................................................................... 184
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TOC-5
13.10 Capacity Building Plans for O&M Personnel ................................................................................ 186
13.11 Plan for Providing Spares and Tools ............................................................................................ 187
13.12 Approval ............................................................................................................................. ......... 187
13.13 Security and Safety ...................................................................................................................... 187
13.14 Vehicles ...................................................................................... ................................................. 187
14 SAFETY ....................................................................................................................................................... 188
14.1 Labor and Safety ......................................................................................................... .................... 188
14.2 Safety Equipment ............................................................................................................................ 189
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
6
1 GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.1 INTRODUCTION
World Health Organization (WHO) defines “safe‐drinking water” as the water that does not represent
any significant risk to health over the lifetime of its consumption, including different sensitivities that
may occur between life stages. In Pakistan, access to safe drinking water is one of the major public
health problems, as the country is facing water quality and quantity issues, being documented in
various studies. The large proportion of drinking water, almost 70%, comes from ground water aquifers
within the country.
The quality of drinking water and associated health risks vary from place to place with exhibiting
presence of high levels of arsenic, fluoride, nitrate and total dissolved solids (TDS) or pathogens.
Local standards, i.e., National Standards for Drinking Water Quality (NSDWQ) were established by
Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) explain guidelines for Pakistan along with latest
WHO guidelines.
Punjab is the second largest province of Pakistan in terms of land mass, after Baluchistan, with an
area of 205,344 km2 (79,284 sq. mi). It consists of 36 districts, 144 Tehsils, 3,464 union councils and
25,914 villages. Punjab is the most populous province of Pakistan, inhabited by over 98 million people
i.e., it is home to 56% of the total population of Pakistan. Of the 98 million people living in the
province, 38% reside in urban and 62% reside in rural areas. As per gender ratio, 48% are
female and 52% are male. Government of the Punjab has made substantial efforts to improve
water and sanitation in the province in last several years, but a lot remains to be done especially in
terms of safe drinking water. According to the Pakistan Social Living Measurement (PSLM) Survey
2012-2013, 100% population of Punjab has access to drinking water from a variety of sources,
including tap water 13%, 38% hand pump, 43% motor pump, 2% Dug Well & 4 % other sources but
majority of these sources are susceptible to contamination.
It is essential that solution should be found to ameliorate these problem areas by undertaking crash
program. The proposed project intends to provide water purification system combining many
different types of water filters into complete turn-key drinking water system that provide a naturally
pure and safe drinking water solution in different cities and rural areas of Punjab.
1.2 OBJECTIVES
Punjab Aab‐e‐Pak Authority (PAPA) was established under act, initially passed by Provincial Assembly
in March, 2019 and later on, amended in August, 2019. The main objective for the establishment of
this Authority is to provide safe and clean drinking water in 36 districts of Punjab province mainly in
rural, semi‐urban and peri‐urban areas.
The objective of “Punjab Aab-E-Pak Authority” is to provide safe and clean drinking water in
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
7
accordance with the prescribed standards of WHO and Pakistan Standard for Drinking Water to the
population living in rural and peri-urban areas of the Punjab with maximum coverage. Supply of
safe water is essential to sustain a healthy life and prevent water-borne diseases. The program aims to
construct water supply schemes with treatment plants and distribute water through dispensing
centers called Aab e Pak Markaz to be located near each settlement to facilitate daily water fetching.
1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
The Contract includes the whole of the Works which are described or implied by the Bidding
Documents. All matters omitted from the documents which may be inferred or are obviously
necessary for the efficiency, stability, completion and entirely satisfactory operation of the Works
shall be deemed to be included in the price and inserted in relative or additional Schedules. Omission
of prices or details and Acceptance shall not be construed as acceptance of omission incurring
additional costs. The Works shall include but not limited to:
The Punjab Aab-E-Pak Authority (PAPA) intends to install Pre-filtration & Reverse Osmosis Water
Treatment PlantS for Rawalpindi Division of Pakistan. For water Treatment Plant for drinking
purpose, raw water will be supplied from bore hole pump to the Water Treatment Plant. Where
the water will be treated in accordance with the water quality. The treated water will be
pumped up to each low level reservoir (LLR) at the Markaz e Aab centers. The Contract includes
a minimum of One (01) year operation and maintenance (O&M) period extendable by mutual
agreement with the Contractor.
The Contract will be on Procurement and Construction including O&M (minimum 01 year)
basis where installation and construction of water Treatment plants shall be as per
specifications of Bidding Documents.
The Contract mainly consist of but not limited to: i) construction of water treatment works
(including tube well pumping facilities and WTP) and ii) construction of Markaz e Aab center,
including civil and all related works; iii) full operation and maintenance of the schemes f o r One
(01) year period (extendable) after satisfactory commissioning including training for Client’s
personnel; and vi) remedying all defects during Defects Liability Period. Bidding is open to all
pre-qualified firms for this particular Contract.
1.4 CONTRACT AREA
The target area for this contract is Rawalpindi Division of Punjab. It includes 4 Districts, namely
Attock, Chakwal, Jhelum and Rawalpindi with Rawalpindi being the focal area with the most number
of proposed schemes. A GIS based map is developed for the entire Rawalpindi Division where all
proposed scheme sites are digitally marked. The map is shown in the following figure
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
8
Figure 1: Project Area with marked locations of proposed schemes.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
9
1.5 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Although initially 147 schemes were proposed across all 4 districts of the Rawalpindi Division, 36
schemes were later on cancelled owing to various reasons, such as unwilling of the community, lack of
available land and existing filtration plants. The following table presents a summary of the two types
of plants considered for the subject project. Furthermore, narrative for selection of these plants is also
given in the following table.
Table 1.5-1 Summary of Plants
Sr. No.
Type of Filtration Total No. of
Recommended
Plants
Remarks
1
Pre Filtration Plants 2000 LPH
78
According to the Water quality report, TDS
<1000ppm, Pre Filtration Scheme along with
Chlorination system is recommended instead
of RO plants
2
RO Plants 2000 LPH
38
According to water quality report, samples
having TDS >1000ppm, RO plant is
recommended
Total 116 116 of the initially considered 147 schemes are selected, based on the favtor discjussed above.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
10
Table 1.5-2 Plant Location Details
S.No. Names of Villages Tehsil Type of
Plant
Latitude of Mrkaz-e-
Aab
Longitude of Mrkaz-e-Aab
1 Chak Malook Chakwal RO 32°57'22"N 72°57'0"E
2 Warwal Chakwal RO 33°8'26"N 72°31'18"E
3 Joya Mair Chakwal RO 33°0'32"N 72°48'44"E
4 Amir Pur Mangan Chakwal S/AC 32°58'24"N 73°1'44"E
5 Ghugh Chakwal RO 33°7'50"N 72°44'50"E
6 Bagwal Chakwal RO 33°4'28"N 72°35'47"E
7 Panjain Chakwal RO 32°55'32"N 73°0'40"E
8 Mahra Kallar Kahar S/AC 32°44'40"N 73°04'35"E
9 Panjain Chakwal RO 32°55'32"N 73°0'40"E
10 bullay bala Chakwal RO 32°58'41"N 72°45'45"E
11 maingan Chakwal RO 32°55'32"N 73°0'40"E
12 chak koka Chakwal RO 33°11'22"N 72°41'5"E
13 chak umra Chakwal RO 32°59'51"N 72°57'39"E
14 khara Chakwal RO 33°5'8"N 72°38'13"E
15 Dolatpur Pind Dadan Khan RO 32°5'40"N 73°37'7"E
16 Kot Kacha Pind Dadan Khan RO 32°32'17"N 72°55'58"E
17 Mastala Gujar Khan S/AC 33°8'49"N 73°9'14"E
18 Panjhgran Kalan Gujar Khan RO 33°9'12"N 73°14'9"E
19 Changa Bagyal Gujar Khan S/AC 33°18'29"N 73°23'19"E
20 Dhok Makh Bukahri Kallar Sayyedan S/AC 33°24'54"N 73°21'58"E
21 Padehana Gujar Khan RO 33°17'30"N 73°21'39"E
22 Haji Shah II Attock S/AC 33°54'10"N 72°19'56"E
23 Gondal Attock S/AC 33°54'10"N 72°20'6"E
24 Dakhnair Attock S/AC 33°50'32"N 72°16'26"E
25 Surag Mongiwali Attock S/AC 33°43'12"N 72°15'38"E
26 Malal Fateh Jang S/AC 33°24'20"N 72°37'55"E
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
11
S.No. Names of Villages Tehsil Type of
Plant
Latitude of Mrkaz-e-
Aab
Longitude of Mrkaz-e-Aab
27 Gadda Fateh Jang S/AC 33°28'17"N 72°32'16"E
28 Gulial Fateh Jang S/AC 33°30'28"N 72°31'14"E
29 Kohlia Hassan Abdal S/AC 33°50'45"N 72°38'0"E
30 Basal Jand RO 33°33'15"N 72°15'26"E
31 Thatta Jand RO 33°34'34"N 72°13'10"E
32 Kot Chajji Jand RO 33°32'5"N 72°4'50"E
33 Marmaki Jandial Jand RO 33°31'17"N 72°17'34"E
34 Khour Pindi Gheb S/AC 33°14'59"N 72°27'21"E
35 Khour Company Pindi Gheb S/AC 33°15'46"N 72°27'35"E
36 Kasran Pindi Gheb RO 33°29'4"N 72°16'39"E
37 Kanat Pindi Gheb RO 33°17'49"N 72°12'15"E
38 Kamrial Pindi Gheb RO 33°17'28"N 72°34'38"E
39 Ahmdal Pindi Gheb RO 33°17'29"N 72°29'47"E
40 Nosherah Pindi Gheb RO 33°17'29"N 72°29'47"E
41 Kharppa Pindi Gheb RO 33°16'46"N 72°11'28"E
42 RWSS Odherwal Chakwal S/AC 32°56'1"N 72°48'56"E
43 RWSS Balkassar Chakwal S/AC 32°56'13"N 72°38'34"E
44 RWSS Thoa Bahadur Chakwal S/AC 32°56'13"N 72°42'10"E
45 RWSS Dheedwal Chakwal S/AC 32°51'37"N 72°56'33"E
46 RWSS Dandoot Choa Saiden Shah S/AC 32°39'28"N 72°57'33"E
47 RWSS Dalwal Choa Saiden Shah RO 32°42'18"N 72°53'17"E
48 RWSS Wahula Choa Saiden Shah S/AC 32°47'56"N 72°54'16"E
49 RWSS Dulmial Choa Saiden Shah S/AC 32°47'56"N 72°54'16"E
50 RWSS Bhoun kallar kahar S/AC 32°51'25"N 72°45'20"E
51 RWSS Buchal Kalan kallar kahar S/AC 32°42'34"N 72°38'4"E
52 RWSS Jhamra kallar kahar S/AC 32°42'40"N 72°37'4"E
53 RWSS Sarkalan kallar kahar S/AC 32°38'39"N 72°38'45"E
54 RWSS Khairpur kallar kahar S/AC 32°44'0"N 72°49'29"E
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
12
S.No. Names of Villages Tehsil Type of
Plant
Latitude of Mrkaz-e-
Aab
Longitude of Mrkaz-e-Aab
55 RWSS Munara kallar kahar S/AC 32°40'6"N 72°30'51"E
56 RWSS Lawa Lawa S/AC 32°41'45"N 71°56'26"E
57 WSS Tamman Talagang S/AC 33°0'16"N 72°6'35"E
58 RWSS Dhurnal Talagang S/AC 32°44'9"N 72°55'43"E
59 RWSS jhatla Talagang S/AC 32°49'13"N 72°22'53"E
60 WSS Akwal Talagang S/AC 32°56'32"N 72°28'41"E
61 RWSS Nakka Kahut Talagang S/AC 32°55'42"N 72°21'54"E
62 RWSS Bhilomar Talagang RO 32°43'33"N
72°26'27"E
63 Pindori Dina S/AC 33°5'40"N
73°37'7"E
64 Lilla Thal P.D Khan S/AC 32°33'47"N 72°44'26"E
65 Kandwal P.D Khan S/AC 32°33'5"N 72°39'11"E
66 Peer Khara P.D Khan S/AC 32°38'26"N 72°44'49"E
67 Jalal pur sharif P.D Khan S/AC 32°39'37"N 73°24'9"E
68 Gole pur Kora chorn P.D Khan S/AC 32°35'29"N 72°56'54"E
69 Tobah P.D Khan S/AC 32°34'51"N 72°49'0"E
70 Haran Pur P.D Khan S/AC 32°36'29"N 73°9'11"E
71 Saroba P.D Khan S/AC 32°34'8"N 72°52'6"E
72 Dharyala Jalib P.D Khan S/AC 32°38'59"N 73°13'25"E
73 Ather P.D Khan S/AC 32°33'18"N 72°50'5"E
74 Sodi Gujjar P.D Khan S/AC 32°37'23"N 73°3'46"E
75 Jotana P.D Khan S/AC 32°42'58"N 73°9'26"E
76 Bilowal P.D Khan S/AC 32°35'45"N 72°52'40"E
77 Dhudi Phaphra P.D Khan RO 32°38'29"N 73°6'44"E
78 Domeli Sohawa S/AC 33°0'37"N 73°21'8"E
79 Rural Water Supply Scheme Khuramb Kaswal.
Gujar Khan S/AC 33°15'21"N 73°14'30"E
80 Rural Water Supply Scheme Sukho. Gujar Khan S/AC 33°16'43"N
73°15'16"E
81 Rural Water Supply Scheme Hamid Jhangi UC Jhangi Jalal.
Gujar Khan RO 33°15'23"N 73°14'18"E
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
13
S.No. Names of Villages Tehsil Type of
Plant
Latitude of Mrkaz-e-
Aab
Longitude of Mrkaz-e-Aab
82 Rural Water Supply Scheme Karyala UC Punjgran.
Gujar Khan RO 33°15'14"N 73°10'56"E
83 Rural Water Supply Scheme Thoa Khalsa UC Thoa Khalsa.
Kahuta S/AC 33°30'26"N 73°25'59"E
84 Urban Water Supply Scheme Kallar Syedan MC Kallar Syedan
Kallar Syedan RO 33°25'0"N 73°22'50"E
85 Rural Water Supply Scheme Dubaran Kalan UC Dubaran
Kallar Syedan S/AC 33°26'50"N 73°30'17"E
86 Rural Water Supply Scheme Pind Bainso UC Nallah Musalmanan
Kallar Syedan S/AC 33. 23'13" N 73. 30'59" E
87 Rural Water Supply Scheme Parhanna UC Ban.
Murree S/AC 33°50'57"N 73°27'41"E
88 Rural Water Supply Scheme Dhanda UC Ghel.
Murree S/AC 33°54'13"N 73°30'36"E
89 Rural Water Supply Scheme Manga UC Tret.
Murree S/AC 33°50'58"N 73°27'41"E
90 Rural Water Supply Dhoke Chudriyan Rawalpindi S/AC 33°35'56"N 73°6'33"E
91 Rural Water Supply Defence Colony Rawalpindi S/AC 33°37'26"N 73°6'31"E
92 Rural Water Supply Scheme Basali UC Basali
Rawalpindi S/AC 33°23'39"N 73°8'20"E
93 Rural Water Supply Scheme Chahan UC Chahan
Rawalpindi S/AC 33°25'9"N 72°52'17"E
94 Rural Water Supply Nai Abadi Rawalpindi S/AC 33°37'8.4"N 73°6'43.2"E
95 Rural Water Supply Madni Mohallah Rawalpindi RO NO Land identified by the CBO
96 Rural Water Supply Scheme Chak Beli Khan UC Chak Beli Khan.
Rawalpindi RO 33°16'45"N 72°54'52"E
97 Rural Water Supply Schem Mir Haider Colony (Rehab.)
Rawalpindi S/AC 33°34'53"N 73°0'38"E
98 Rural Water Supply Scheme Kali Parri Rawalpindi S/AC NO Land identified by the CBO
99 Rural Water Supply Scheme Sagri UC Sagri Rawalpindi RO 33°27'37"N 73°15'53"E
100 Rural Water Supply Dhoke Lalyal Rawalpindi S/AC 33°37'11"N 73°6'45"E
101 Rural Water Supply Al-Noor Colony Rawalpindi S/AC 33°37'39"N 73°6'17"E
102 Rural Water Supply Scheme Salmoon UC Chontra
Rawalpindi S/AC 33.3055700860
1798 N 72.9135342867
9749 E
103 Rural Water Supply Scheme Chontra UC Chontra
Rawalpindi S/AC 33°21'17"N 72°55'52"E
104 Rural Water Supply Scheme Rajar UC Chahan
Rawalpindi S/AC 33°15'35"N 72°47'25"E
105 Rural Water Supply Malik Colony Nai Abadi
Rawalpindi S/AC 33°34'5"N 73°0'6"E
106 Rural Water Supply Scheme Adiala UC Adyala
Rawalpindi S/AC 33°33'34"N 73°1'45"E
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
14
S.No. Names of Villages Tehsil Type of
Plant
Latitude of Mrkaz-e-
Aab
Longitude of Mrkaz-e-Aab
107 Rural Water Supply Scheme Kurrar UC Parial
Rawalpindi S/AC NO Land identified by the CBO
108 Rural Water Supply Scheme Chakri UC Chakri
Rawalpindi S/AC NO Land identified by the CBO
109 Rural Water Supply Scheme Afzal Abad Rawalpindi RO 33°35'25"N 73°5'53"E
110 Rural Water Supply Scheme Mial UC Parial Rawalpindi S/AC 33°13'25"N 72°47'25"E
111 Rural Water Supply Scheme Dheri UC Chontra
Rawalpindi S/AC 33°16'49"N 72°47'0"E
112 Rural Water Supply Shaheen Colony Rawalpindi S/AC 33°38'0"N 73°5'50"E
113 Rural Water Supply Lala Ruka, Lakhan Rawalpindi RO NO Land
identified by the CBO
114 Urban Water Supply Scheme Taxila MC Taxila. (Phase-II)
Taxila S/AC 33°45'0"N 72°48'53"E
115 Rural Water Supply Scheme Thatta Khalil UC Thatta Khalil.
Taxila RO 33. 29'56" N 72. 45'23" E
116 Rural Water Supply Scheme Rehbar Colony UC Usman Khattar.
Taxila S/AC 33°46'38"N 72°49'15"E
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
15
2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.1 GENERAL
The General Specifications define the general requirements, materials and workmanship for the
execution of the Works. The General Specifications also describe the framework under which the
Contractual Works shall be executed and the general activities to be included in the rates for the
Permanent and Temporary Works.
The Permanent Works comprise the contractual construction Works which shall be executed in
accordance with the requirements of the General Specification and shall be quoted for the various
sections of Works.
The testing of materials and equipment shall not be quoted separately and is deemed to be included
in the remuneration for the Works unless where otherwise specified.
2.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR INFORMATION
The Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected and examined the Site, to have verified the Site
conditions and to have satisfied himself, before submitting the Bid and before the Commencement
of the Works, as to all matters relative to the nature of the Site within the specified boundaries,
details and levels of existing services and connections to be made, the quantity and nature of the
work and materials necessary for the completion of the Works, the means of access to the Site
along the formal protocols and permissions that are required, the accommodation he may require,
the supply of water and electricity, the climatic, hydrological and geo-hydrological conditions,
security and administration requirements or such contingencies which may influence or affect his
Bid.
Any negligence or failure on the part of the Contractor to obtain reliable information on the Site or
elsewhere concerning any matter affecting the Contract Agreement shall not relieve the Contractor
from any of his obligations or liabilities arising from the Contract Agreement.
No claims shall be permitted with regard to meeting the full compliance associated with the Site
conditions regarding the execution of the Works except as contains in the Conditions of Contract.
2.3 WORKMANSHIP
The Contractor to carry out all works as instructed by the Engineer in a thorough, diligent and
workman-like manner, and up to current professional standards. The Contractor shall execute
operations with due efficiency and dispatch in accordance with the terms of the contract and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. For this purpose, the Contractor shall employ suitable equipment, and
competent staff demonstrated in certification and formal assessment.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
10
2.4 STANDARDS
The products and systems to be supplied and installed under this Contract shall conform to the
requirements of the Technical Specifications and other associated documents, to the best accepted
international practice and to the several requirements imposed by the service conditions. As a
means of ensuring these objectives, the Contractor shall maintain a documented quality control
and quality assurance system, which shall be generally in accordance with ISO 9001 or approved
equivalent and so demonstrated
For the identification of the quality of materials and work reference has been made, where deemed
necessary, to EN Standards, ISO or BS. The Contractor shall ensure that the same requirements are
applied to products, systems, and services supplied by sub-contractors and suppliers.
In the event that any Standard referred to in these Technical Specifications has been superseded or
replaced by another one, such other standard shall be deemed applicable. In any case always the
most recent issue of any Standard referred to shall be applicable. The Standards referred to in this
Technical Specifications shall not be deemed to be limitative, the Contractor shall justify
compliance with the pertinent ISO, BS, EN or DIN Standards of any single element of the permanent
Works when submitting for approval. The Engineer may reject any element not complying with the
relevant standards.
The Contractor may, however, carry out the Works or provide materials in accordance to other
International Standards, provided that the Contractor proves to the Engineer, prior to any execution
that their requirements are superior or equivalent to the quality described by the Standards cited in
these Specifications.
Should the Contractor desire to carry out Works or to substitute goods and materials in accordance
with other than EN, BS, ISO or DIN Standards, he shall notify the Engineer thereof, and shall submit
with his notice two (02) copies in English of the proposed Standard (latest version), and shall not
order any material or perform any work unless he has obtained the Engineer’s approval of such
Standard, together with any other information required by him.
Within 30 days of the signing of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer two (02)
copies of all Standards (latest editions), which are to apply to materials and workmanship under the
Contract, together with an index cross-referencing these Standards with the applicable aspects of
the Works.
2.5 CONTRACTOR’S STAFFING AND LABOUR FORCE
When nominating the representatives and the supervisors to whom the performance of the Works
will be entrusted, the Contractor shall give full information on their educational and professional
background in accordance with the minimum requirements given in the Tender Schedules. The
replacement of ANY representatives and/or supervisors shall not be allowed without the written
approval of the Engineer and shall be of equal or better demonstrable competence.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
11
The Contractor shall appoint a qualified safety officer responsible for the implementation of safe
working practices throughout the Contract.
Key staff responsible for the correct execution of the works must be available to the Engineer
during working time.
Supervisors responsible for construction work must have a significant experience in work under the
climatic circumstances and must be able to safeguard good workmanship so that the Works are
executed according to the Standards. That is to demonstrate competence in this particular
environment.
The Contractor shall also submit details of the labour force, which he proposes to employ. Such
details shall include engineers and experts involved; senior staff and specialists, skilled and unskilled
labour with indication of the local labour, which the Contractor envisages to employ and the
variation in staff and labour levels and their distribution throughout the duration of the Contract.
That is a manpower schedule and profile for monthly and annual allocation of manpower resources.
Child-labour shall not be permitted under any circumstances.
2.6 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
2.6.1 Materials, Equipment and Plant to be Fit for Purpose
Notwithstanding more prescriptive or particular conditions in the specific parts of these Technical
Specifications all material, equipment and plant to be incorporated in the Works shall be fit for its
intended purpose. They should be new and unused, and shall be the current or most recent models
available, from reputed manufactures\suppliers and incorporate all recent improvements in design
and materials unless otherwise specified in this Specification. Materials used in the manufacture of
the items required shall be of a grade sufficient to ensure long service life for the purpose of the
equipment. The Contractor shall provide for approval by the Engineer copies of ISO or equivalent
authorization from the manufacturers involved.
Second hand material, equipment and plant are not allowed under any circumstances and will be
rejected.
2.6.2 Approval of Materials and Equipment
As soon as practicable and within 30 days after receipt of notice to proceed and before any material
or equipment is purchased, the Contractor shall submit for approval by the Engineer a complete
schedule, in triplicate, with the names and addresses of the manufacturers and their catalogue
cuts, diagrams, drawings, test certificates and such other descriptive data as may be required by the
Engineer. Samples of materials and equipment also to be submitted to be retained by the Engineer
to allow visual comparison and approval of material and equipment delivered. No consideration will
be given to partial lists submitted from time to time. Approval of materials and
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
12
equipment under this provision shall not be considered as authorized, any deviation from the
specifications unless the attention of the Engineer has been directed to the specific deviations.
2.6.3 Origin and Identification of Material, Equipment and Plant
All plant and equipment shall bear distinct and easily legible plates of indestructible material showing
manufacturer / brand, time of manufacturing, and all relevant technical data required by the
standards or in the absence of standards, as generally indicated to describe the capacity of the plant
or equipment in the English language.
2.7 ACCESSES, USE OF LAND AND TRESPASSING
2.7.1 Possession of the Site
In accordance with the Conditions of Contract the Employer will give the Contractor possession of
land required for the construction of the Works. The limit of the Site will be the area of land
occupied by the Works. No additional land will normally be made available by the Employer for
access or construction purposes except as authorized by the Employer.
2.7.2 Access to the Site
The Contractor shall make arrangements with the owners or tenants in respect of access to the Site
across their properties and shall pay all costs incurred in this regard.
The Contractor shall arrange to, construct, maintain, remove and reinstate on completion of the
Contract any temporary access required for and relating to the execution of the Works. The
Contractor shall immediately repair any damage done by him to fences, gateways, drains or
to any other structure in the execution of the Contract and shall leave everything in the same state
as it was found by him.
The Contractor shall not harm or destroy any vegetation by fire or by any other means nor allow
any practice which may have a detrimental effect on the environment. He shall be responsible for
any damage whatsoever caused by his employees. The Contractor shall as far as possible confine
his operations to within the limits of the Site or the land provided by the Employer, but if this is
inadequate for his purpose, he shall make all arrangements for any further land he may require and
shall pay all costs and charges in this connection.
The Contractor shall not use the land constituting the Site of the Works or a construction camp for
any purposes whatsoever other than for the proper execution of the Contract, and shall be debarred
specifically from any form of trading or bartering. The Contractor shall not sell any spirituous liquors
or allow them to be sold or brought within the limits of the Works, and shall in every way
discourage their use and distribution.
He shall erect and maintain suitable temporary fencing wherever necessary, and he will provide
satisfactorily agreed compensation for all damage in respect of trespassing, and for all damage to
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
13
the stock, crop or other property on the land, which may arise from the inefficiency or disrepair of
such temporary fencing or from interference with existing fencing during the work.
The Contractor's employees and those seeking employment shall be prohibited from trespassing on
adjoining lands and from killing and disturbing any game, livestock or domestic animals.
2.8 CONTRACTOR ACTIVITIES ON PRIVATE PROPERTY
2.8.1 Action Required Prior to Entering Property
The Contractor shall not enter onto private property or property not belonging to the Employer for
the purpose of carrying out any work in connection with the Contract without having completed
the following formalities well ahead of his intended date for entering such property:
i. The Contractor shall give notice, in writing, to the owner, lessee or occupier, on a form approved
by the Engineer, of his intention of entering upon the property, together with full details of
the work he intends to carry out on the property and the intended dates and duration of
occupation.
ii. The Contractor shall arrange a meeting with the owner, lessee or occupier, to confirm that the
owner, lessee or occupier has permitted the Contractor to enter upon the property for the said
purpose;
iii. obtain details from the owner, lessee or occupier, regarding any special precautions that should
be taken by the Contractor during the execution of the Works;
iv. record details, with photographs if necessary, of the condition of the property at that stage,
including any defects in buildings, swimming pools, outbuildings, fences, etc. that may be
affected by his activities and copies shall be submitted to the Engineer for record purpose
v. Record in writing the details of the above; the form and substance of such records and
agreements shall be subject to the Engineer's approval and a copy of the details as recorded
shall be sent to the Engineer for his records and his approval.
vi. In the event of the Contractor failing to reach agreement with the owner, lessee or occupier of
the property on any of the matters referred to above, the matter shall be referred to the
Engineer for further action.
vii. Not less than three days before actually entering such property, the Contractor shall again give
notice in writing to the owner, lessee or occupier of the exact date on which he intends to
enter the property. If this date is not adhered to, he shall again give similar notice of his revised
date.
2.9 SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS
2.9.1 General
The Contractor shall at all times observe adequate safety precautions on Site to ensure the safety
of the public as well as of his own staff and other persons engaged in or about the Works. In this
respect, he shall observe all laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to his work.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
14
When work is carried out within a road reserve, the road surfaces not affected by the work and
which remain open to traffic, shall be kept clean at all times so that gravel and debris will not be
thrown up by passing vehicles, causing possible injury to persons and damage to property and
other vehicles. The Contractor's attention is specifically drawn to the fact that he should be in full
compliance of all current acts and regulations in Pakistan in relation to Welfare and Working
Regulations copies of which shall at all times be kept by the Contractor on the Site.
Should the work so require, the Contractor shall comply with all the safety requirements set out in
Government Regulations and publications, copies of which shall also be kept by him on the Site.
2.9.2 Hygiene Requirements
Before commencing the work, the Contractor shall ensure that all his employees are instructed in
the necessity for hygienic practices. The Contractor shall immediately dismiss and remove from the
Site any employee or representative of the Contractor who has been polluting or fouling the Site
and shall take appropriate remedial measures to prevent a repetition of the occurrence and to
disinfect the areas concerned.
The hygiene requirements shall be in accordance with the Pakistan Labor Law.
2.9.3 Occupational Health and Safety Act
The Contractor shall comply with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and its Regulations. In
particular, the Construction Regulations, shall be adhered to at all times. The Engineer and/or the
Employer or his Agent shall inspect the works from time to time to monitor the Contractor’s
compliance with the above legislation. Where any such investigations reveal, or where it comes to
the Engineer’s attention that the Contractor is in any way in breach of the requirements of the above
legislation, the engineer shall in accordance with the
Conditions of contract, be entitled to suspend construction of the works, or any part thereof, until
such time as the breach has been rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Contractor will
not be entitled to claim for any delay or disruption to the Contract due to the suspension of the
works or the remedy practiced following the breach in this or any other associated legislation.
2.9.4 Health and Safety Plan
The health and safety plan required by the Act and supporting regulations shall include, but not
limited to, the following:
• Occupational health and safety policy
• Administrative requirements
• Risk identification and assessment including maintenance of all registers
• Training
• Incident and accident reporting
• Incident and accident investigation
• First aid
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
15
• Occupational health and safety representatives
• Occupational health and safety committees
• Permits
• Certificates of competence and compliance Permits
• Audits and inspections
2.9.5 Health and Safety File
Every Contractor shall ensure that a health and safety file, which shall include all documentation
required in terms of the provisions of the Act and the relevant Regulations, is kept on site and
made available to the Client, agent or inspectors on request. This document is a live document and
should be updated on a continuous basis. A Principal Contractor shall hand over a consolidated
Health and Safety File to the Client within 6 months of the completion of the construction work and
shall, in addition to the documentation referred to in the regulations, include a record of all drawings,
designs, materials used and other similar information concerning the completed works. A Principal
Contractor shall ensure that in addition to the documentation required in the health and safety file
as determined in the regulations, a comprehensive and updated list of all sub-contractors on site
accountable to the principal contractor, the agreements between the parties and the type of work
being done are included and available.
2.9.6 Safety Officer
The Contractor shall in accordance with the act and supporting regulations upon having considered
the size of the project, the degree of risks likely to been countered or the accumulation of hazards
or risks on the site, appoint a full-time Construction Safety Officer with the necessary competencies
and resources to assist him in the control of all safety related aspects on the site. The appointment
is subject to the Engineer’s approval.
2.9.7 Health and Safety Training
The Contractor shall provide employees with the necessary information and training or supervision
that is necessary to enable them to perform their work safely and without risk to health, and shall
ensure that every employee becomes familiar with work-related hazards and risks and the measures
that must be taken to eliminate, control and minimize those hazards and risks.
2.9.8 Personal Protective Clothing and Equipment (PPE)
All employees employed on the construction site and visitors shall wear clothing and equipment as
prescribed in the site hazard analysis. The Contractor shall identify tasks requiring protective
Clothing and equipment and issue the necessary to employees on site. Employees shall maintain all
PPE in a safe, clean condition. Personnel not wearing PPE where PPE is prescribed will be disciplined
in accordance with the general disciplinary code of conduct
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
16
2.9.9 Provision of Safety Fences, Signs and Barricades
The Contractor shall in accordance with the act and supporting regulations erect fences and/or
barricades to protect the public passing by or entering the construction area. The Contractor shall,
in accordance with the act and supporting regulations, erect Notices and Signs at entrances and
along perimeters of the construction site indicating “No Unauthorized Entry” and “Visitors to report
to Site Office”. Notices and Signs at the construction site entrance instructing visitors and non-
employees what to do, where to go, and where to report to on entering the site shall also be erected.
Where necessary, or as instructed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall employ security guards to
safeguard safety fences, signs and barricades from theft or vandalism.
2.9.10 Environmental Protection of the Site
The Contractor shall undertake environmental protection measures to reduce the environmental
impacts arising from execution of the Works. In particular, he shall arrange his method of working
to minimize the effects on the air, noise, water quality as well as nuisance of waste within and outside
the Site, on transport routes and at the stockpiling, loading, dredging and dumping areas.
The Contractor shall observe and comply with all the current enactments, relevant environmental
protection and pollution control ordinances and regulations, and any additions or amendments
thereto coming into effect before completion of the Works. The Contractor shall maintain on site
legal copies of the relevant ordinances and their regulations, and provide one legal copy for the
Engineer.
Where the activities on Site are found not in compliance with the requirements as specified or
cause unacceptable environmental impacts, the Contractor shall be responsible, at its sole cost, for
mitigating and cleaning up any environmental pollution, harm or damage arising from the
performance of the Works, including all damage caused by the leakage, spillage or disposal of
hazardous waste. Furthermore, he shall give strict instructions to all persons employed by him to
use the sanitary facilities provided at Site.
If the Contractor fails to keep the Site clean, the Engineer shall instruct a third party to carry out the
work at the cost of the Contractor.
2.9.11 Water Pollution Control
General: The Contractor shall carry out the Works in such a manner as to minimize adverse impacts
on the water quality during execution of the Works. In particular, he shall arrange his method of
working to minimize the adverse effects on the water quality within and outside the Site, on the
transport routes and at the stockpiling, loading, dredging and dumping areas. The Contractor shall
ensure that water flows in rivers, streams and other natural or irrigation channels are maintained
and/or re-established where they are disrupted due to the execution of the Works.
Protection of Natural Streams/Rivers:
i. For the purpose of the Contract, a natural stream/river shall refer to a natural channel including
the natural banks and riparian zones, with natural water fed from upper terrains with water
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
17
flowing throughout the year or intermittent water-flow only during wet seasons, and any other
water-carrying channels, ponds or the like and the extents are as defined on the Drawings. The
Contractor shall keep on the Site records of photographs of the existing natural streams and
rivers within the Site, and provide the Engineer with a copy of the same records before any
works commence in or near natural streams/rivers.
ii. Excavated or backfilling materials shall not be stored adjacent to natural streams/rivers unless
permitted by the Engineer.
iii. No excavated material, silt, debris, rubbish, cement slurry or such construction waste shall be
deposited into natural streams/rivers. Should such deposits be found, the Contractor shall
remove them, and restore the affected natural streams/rivers to their original state to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. If the works site is inside or in the proximity of natural
rivers/streams, the Contractor shall temporarily isolate the construction works with proper
methods, such as by placing of sandbags or silt curtains with lead edge at bottom and properly
supported props, to prevent adverse impacts on the water quality.
iv. Without the prior consent of the Engineer, the Contractor shall not excavate boulders, gravel or
sand or other substrata materials from the natural streams/rivers, whether these materials are
for the purpose of temporary, long-term or off-site use as construction material, or for any
other purposes.
2.10 INSPECTIONS AND TOOLS
Prior to packaging and transporting equipment/imported components of equipment, the Contractor
shall inform to the Engineer and the Employer. In the case of the Employer accepts, the Contractor
shall arrange the inspection for the Engineer and the Employer or his Representative to examine,
inspect and mark products used in plant/works where, the equipment will be manufactured or
installed completely. Duration of the inspection is at least 3 days excluding travel time.
Equipment/specific tools: The Contractor shall supply sufficiently in terms of quantity and quality
of compulsory equipment/specific tools at site during execution of requested items.
The Contractor is required to provide necessary equipment and tools to the Engineer and to the
Employer during construction period for their duties and management. Such equipment and tools
should be available at all time at site. The list of such equipment/tools shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval prior procurement. Upon issuing final acceptance, such equipment and tools
shall be handed over to the Engineer.
2.11 TESTING OF MATERIALS AND GOODS
The Contractor shall provide at his expense all labour, materials and equipment necessary for
sampling and testing of materials and goods supplied under this Contract. All measuring and
metering equipment shall be certified by an approved authority.
A sampling protocol shall be agreed between the Engineer and the Contractor which shall define
the extent of sampling, the methodology of sampling and testing, the relevant ranges of acceptable
results and criteria of acceptance or rejection of the material or equipment.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
18
2.11.1 Samples
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer as he may require, samples of all materials and goods,
which he proposes to use or employ on or for the Works. Such samples, if approved, will be
retained by the Engineer. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain from the Engineer
which materials and articles are required for testing, and to ensure that they are submitted,
sufficiently far in advance as to avoid delay in the Works.
2.11.2 Taking and Analysis of Sample
The Contractor shall take and analyze samples in compliance with existing relevant regulations
standards and the agreed protocols. Taking samples shall be confirmed by Employer and the
Engineer. Result of tests will be stored and preserved in accordance with technical requirements. At
least one copy of the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer.
Without relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract, the Contractor shall
perform any additional tests which the Engineer may require and/or repeat tests the results of
which, in the opinion of the Engineer are not representative.
2.11.3 Testing Facilities
As stated under item “2.14.4 Testing Facilities” of this specification
All current calibration records from a certified body for equipment testing shall be submitted to the
Engineer for information.
2.12 REPORT PREPARATION, MEETING AND TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS
The Contractor shall submit reports and meet the deadline specified in the Bidding Document. All
reports are presented in the A4 size and written in indelible ink. The Contractor will take Progress
Photographs on a least a monthly basis to support his Progress Reports for execution of all Site
Works
The Contractor cannot use his own standard forms without the Engineer’s Representative approval.
2.12.1 Progress Reports
The Contractor shall formally submit to the Engineer’s Representative no later than the first week
of each month a Progress Report in such form that the That the monthly progress is charted against
the formal Contract schedule showing either delay or an advance.
2.12.2 Meeting
The Contractor shall attend all meetings called for by the Engineer / Employer at the Site or in the
Engineer’s / Employer’s office to discuss the progress of the Works and/or any problems related
thereto, where adequate notice has been given.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
19
The Engineer will prepare Minutes of Meeting (MoM) and submit a copy for comments to both the
Employer and the Contractor. Any comments must reach the Engineer within fourteen days after
submission day. Beyond this period of time the MoM will be considered as accepted by all parties.
In the event that the Contractor fails or is unable to attend any meeting at which his presence has
been requested, all matters arising shall be taken as if the Contractor had been present The
opportunity for the Contractor to comment remains at 14 days.
2.12.3 Taking Photographs
The photographs, 3 Nos. copies shall be in colour, minimum size 10x15 mm, and will be stored in
the Site’s Office and be submitted following the requirement of the Employer and the Engineer’s
Representative.
2.13 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
2.13.1 Payment for the Works
The remuneration for various components of the Works shall be priced in the relevant items of the
Bills of Quantities, which are deemed to include all obligations given notice in the Contract
Documents
Unless provided by exception, the Technical Specifications, the Bills of Quantities and all the Contract
provisions shall be deemed to be included at the Contractor’s cost and accounted in the Bill of
Quantities
For the Permanent Works to be executed under the Contract, the Contractor shall supply all
materials, equipment, temporary Works and labour necessary to perform, test and complete the
Works and maintain the Works until issuance the Completion Certificate, General Conditions of
Contract.
The Contractor shall also furnish all equipment’s, materials, specials and labour required to make
connections to, to protect, to remove and to rearrange existing services and other structures so
that the whole of Works is delivered to the Employer in perfect condition and working order.
2.13.2 Measurement of Works
The quantities shown in the Bill of Quantities (BoQ) are estimates only and they may vary during
the course of the Works. Payment for these items shall be made on actual work done during
construction and according to methods of measurement and payment, described in the Preamble
to to this document.
Measurement of Bill Items with a running total will be made for payment certificates shall be made
by the Contractor for the Engineer. The Contractor’s measurement is always subject to the Engineer’s
approval.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
20
The Contractor shall provide all assistance, drawings, schemes and all survey instruments and
measuring equipment required. The cost for the measurement of works shall be deemed to be
included in the respective prices for construction and installation of works.
If the Contractor does not assist or refuses to participate to the measurement of quantities, the
quantities measured by the Engineer shall be considered valid.
Wherever levels, measurements, quantities, etc. of any work done cannot be checked at a later
stage, the measurements made by the Engineer or approved by him shall be taken to be correct
measurements of the work.
Any measurement of quantities taken during the progress of works is provisional and can be re
visited if evidence demonstrates an error in identification or computation. In that case the Engineer
and the Contractor shall proceed with new measurements.
2.14 TEMPORARY SITE FACILITIES
2.14.1 General
The temporary site facilities shall include any site infrastructure, temporary site offices and yards,
site laboratory, safety provisions, accommodation and sanitary facilities, provisions for water, energy
and access and the installation of signboards.
The maintenance of site facilities shall include at least but not be limited to water and energy
supply, the operation and cleaning of Site offices, accommodation, sanitary facilities and all
temporary Works, appropriate solid waste disposal. Access to and proper protection of construction
sites including for security, lightening and traffic control must be ensured throughout all times of
construction.
The costs of the site facilities shall be deemed to be included in the corresponding in the Bill of
Quantities (BOQ).
Temporary facilities as outlined herein shall be installed prior to start of work and within (30) days
of after the notice to commence work.
All offices, stores and testing laboratories shall be guarded and protected at all times of the day and
night, and maintained throughout the duration of the Contract.
2.14.2 Water Supply
The Contractor shall provide suitable supplies of water for drinking, washing, sanitation and general
cleaning in addition to any required for the construction, testing and commissioning of the Works.
Service water: The Contractor shall provide service water to the Employer via local suppliers in
sufficient quantity and of quality during the contract implementation process.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
21
2.14.3 Power Supply
The Contractor shall install, operate, maintain and subsequently remove sufficient temporary
supplies of electricity for air-conditioning, heating, lighting and ventilation for all offices, stores,
laboratories and other temporary buildings used by the Contractor and those provided for the
Engineer's use, in addition to any supplies he may require relating to the construction, testing and
commissioning of the Works.
2.14.4 Testing Facilities
The Contractor shall arrange on site or nearby areas and maintain and remove when directed by
the Engineer temporary facilities for testing and quality control. The testing facilities shall be i)
equipped with material, suitable calibrated apparatus and tools needed for his own testing of
materials and ii) staffed by sufficient competent technicians for the sampling and testing of materials
and workmanship as required for verification of compliance with the Specification.
Testing that cannot be performed in the Contractor’s certified Site laboratory shall be carried out in
other certified laboratories approved by the Engineer, prior the testing.
2.14.5 Contractor’s Accommodation
The Contractor shall erect, construct, and maintain and subsequently remove all temporary offices,
sanitary conveniences, stores, workshops, compounds and parking areas and living accommodation
as are necessary to ensure that he is able to conduct and supervise the construction of the Works
effectively.
The Contractor must provide a legally and adequate standard of living accommodation for his work-
force in any camp on or off the Site with sufficient safe, secure living space with adequate food,
washing and sanitary arrangements.
Temporary toilet units: The Contractor shall provide and maintain self-contained single-occupant
toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully
enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar non-absorbent material for use by
all Contractors and Subcontractors on the site. The number of units should be adequate to provide
safe sanitary service for all on-site contractor personnel, and should meet any and all applicable
code requirements.
All accommodation and welfare facilities are to be in accordance with the Pakistan Labour Law.
2.14.6 Demobilization from Site
The demobilization includes the removal of all Site facilities and temporary installations, the
demobilization of all equipment from Site, the removal of all surplus materials, the reinstatement
of all damaged or worn access roads and facilities used by the Contractor and the cleaning up of the
Construction Site upon completion of the Works.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
22
The demobilization shall be in accordance with the Pakistan Labour, Health and Safety and
Environmental Laws.
2.14.7 Contractor’s Toilet and First Aid Facilities
The Contractor shall set up, maintain and clean daily, toilet and washing facilities with adequate
supplies of soap, disinfectant and the like and with suitable drainage arrangements, for the use of
his employees. The Contractor shall provide adequate first-aid facilities for his staff at the Site. An
adequate stock of sterile bandages, disinfectants, spray disinfectants, plasters, scissors, etc. shall be
kept available, held in a dust proof cupboard accommodated in a clean room. The toilet and first
aid facilities shall be ready for use within one week of commencement of work on Site.
The Contractor’s Toilet and First Aid Facilities shall be in accordance with the Pakistan Labour Law.
2.14.8 Assistance to the Engineer and Employer
The Contractor shall at all times during the duration of the Contract provide for the use of the
Engineer and Employer all equipment, instruments and apparatus, all information and records and
qualified chainmen and labourers required by the Engineer for inspecting and measuring the Works.
Such equipment, instruments and apparatus shall include those listed in the Special Provisions.
2.14.9 Employer’s and Engineer’s Site Facilities
All facilities provided to the Employer and the Engineer by the Contractor shall be near the job site,
where necessary and shall conform to the best standard for the required types. On completion of
the Contract, the facilities provided by the Contractor including utilities and communication facilities
shall revert to the Government including office equipment, apparatus, pieces of furniture, laboratory
equipment etc., unless otherwise specified in the Contract documents.
2.14.10 Engineer’s and Employer Site office
The Contractor should provide an adequate fully equipped, static, prefabricated or mobile office with
sufficient space and washing and sanitary facilities for the Engineer’s representative and Employer’s
representative.
These offices shall have a minimum space of 25 m² for each, lockable entrances, operable windows
and serviceable finishes. Each office shall be equipped at least but not limited to:
• Two office table,
• Two office chairs (Swivel),
• 4 sundry chairs,
• 1 Computer incl. screen, mouse and keyboard and the current software,
• A4 Colour Printer,
• UPS Unit,
• Air conditioning,
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
23
• Lights,
• Telecommunication, also International,
• Internet,
• Consumables & Stationary,
• First Aid supplies.
• Fire Extinguisher: hand-carried, portable, class “A” fire extinguisher for temporary
offices and similar spaces all in accordance with prevailing building codes.
Temporary toilet units: The Contractor shall provide self-contained single-occupant toilet units of
the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a
glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar non-absorbent material for use by the Engineer’s
representative and Employer’s representative on the site. The number of units should be adequate
to provide safe sanitary service for all on-site Engineer’s and Employer’s personnel, and should meet
any and all applicable code requirements.
2.15 REVIEW OF TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall carefully review all technical documents included in the Contract before the
start of the Works and the ordering of the required goods and report any conflicts or anomalies
immediately.
The Contractor shall amend the initial lists, schedules and drawings as may be required and submit
three copies to the Engineer.
2.16 REVIEW PROCEDURE FOR DRAWINGS
Items submitted by the Contractor will be returned after the Engineer’s Representative’s review
either ‘Accepted’, ‘Accepted with reservations’ or ‘Returned for amendment’. Such acceptance shall
mean that the Employer has no objection to the Contractor using, upon his own full responsibility,
the design, plan or method of work proposed or furnishing the materials and equipment proposed.
2.17 SUBMITTAL OF DOCUMENTS
2.17.1 Cash Flow Program
Together with the Work Program the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a detailed Cash Flow
Program of all payments to which the Contractor shall be entitled under the Contract including
O&M operation along with a 5-year asset replacement model. He shall update this Profile on a
regular monthly basis based upon updates from the Program of works and Operation, which is a
requirement of the Engineer.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
24
2.17.2 Construction Method
The Contractor shall submit details of all the plant, equipment and labour force, which he proposes
to use and employ and shall describe in detail the proposed construction and operational methods
for each element of the Works. The details of construction plant shall include the make, type,
capacity or rating and the number of units, which the Contractor envisages to employ throughout
the duration of the Contract.
Special attention shall be paid to:
i. the procedure of concrete mixing, transporting, vibrating and curing irrespective of the origin of
the concrete;
ii. procedure of grouting of any equipment and / or steel structure into box-outs of primary
concrete after careful adjustment to line and grade and wrapping into plastic sheets against
fouling during grouting;
iii. on-site coating, painting and other works serving for corrosion protection;
iv. General and particular safety measures to be maintained throughout implementation of the
respective Works.
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the formal approval of working methods he may be
required to obtain from relevant authorities at least 14 days prior to the commencement of any
new section of Works. Such approval of working methods shall in no way relive the Contractor from
his obligations.
Such approvals of working methods shall be obtained, as applicable, e.g. for the maintaining of
public traffic, the dealing with/crossing of other services, the diversion of flow and discharge of water
from excavations, the reinstatement of excavated areas and the provisions to ensure public safety.
The Contractor shall maintain in both hard and soft copy records of construction and operational
methods, their submission, approvals, modifications etc.
2.17.3 Method of Performing the Works & Services
The Bidder is required to submit a narrative outlining the method of performing the Works and
Services. The narrative should indicate in detail and include but not be limited to:
i. The sequence and methods in which he proposes to carry out the Works/Services, including the
number of hours per day, he expects to work.
ii. A list of all major items of plant, tools and vehicles proposed to be used in carrying out the
operation and maintenance, including number of each kind, make, type, capacity of all
equipment, working condition, which shall be deployed by him in sufficient detail to
demonstrate fully that the equipment will meet all the requirements of the Technical
Provisions.
iii. The procedure for transportation of materials to the site.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
25
iv. Details regarding mobilization in Pakistan, the type of facilities including personnel
accommodation, office accommodation, provision for maintenance and for storage,
communications, security and other services to be used.
v. Organization chart indicating head office & field office personnel involved in management of
the Works to be done and Services to be performed under the Contract.
2.17.4 Quality Assurance
The Contractor shall submit and have approved a Quality Management Plan within 30 days of
signing of the Contract Agreement.
All material, equipment, plant and instruments to be supplied from outside Pakistan shall
be manufactured and comply with application standards of Euro Countries, American or Asia.
Bidders shall submit evidence that the equipment to be supplied from outside Pakistan will be
manufactured and delivered to the requirements of ISO 9002 - Quality Systems -Model for
Quality Assurance in Production, Installation and Servicing (or ISO 9001), and in accordance
with the Technical Specification. This evidence shall be in the form of the following:
i. A certificate issued by an independent, internationally recognized Third Party Accreditation
Agency that the proposed manufacturer of the materials operates quality assurance systems,
which conform to the requirements of ISO 001 or 9002. The certificate shall clearly show the
name of the certifying agency, the certificate number and the products or facilities certified. To
be accepted as an internationally recognized independent third-party accreditation agency, the
agency must have performed accreditation work of a similar nature in a minimum of two
countries. As evidence of this, copies of relevant certificates issued by the agency or a statement
from the agency or from an ISO Member Body, showing how the agency meets this criterion
shall be provided.
ii. A draft Quality Plan which demonstrates that the manufacturing, testing, production and delivery
requirements of the Contract, and the standards to which the materials to be manufactured are
understood, is to be submitted. The Quality Plan shall include the following as appropriate:
- procurement of components and raw material;
- calibration of test equipment;
- sampling, destructive/non-destructive testing, frequencies of sampling and testing;
- inspection procedures;
- rectification of non-conformities;
- record systems;
- inventory control, packing;
- Proposed production, transportation and delivery program.
2.17.5 Testing/Commissioning& Handover Schedules
Proposals for testing/commissioning, which shall include but not be limited to schedules of
commissioning the civil structures, water pumping stations, water treatment units and electrical
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
26
equipment and cables. Schedules shall be submitted at least 4 weeks prior to the expected date of
completion or earlier, if appropriate and agreed by the Engineer’s Representative.
2.17.6 As-Built Drawings
As the work proceeds, the Contractor shall prepare, at his own expense, record drawings based on
the Contractor’s reviewed and updated working drawings as to portray the Works actually executed.
These record drawings shall become As-Built Drawings upon completion of the Works. These
drawings shall clearly show all portions of the Works, in plan, profile and sections and also all
deviations from the original drawings.
The complete set of as-built drawings shall comprise, but is not limited to:
• General Layout
• Layouts and profiles of pipelines
• Pipe and Instrumentation Diagram (PID)
• Actual drawings of any structures (plan and sections), showing built-in pipes and
fittings.
• Geo-tagged references and associated data.
Where the Works consist of plants, tanks etc., including hydraulic, mechanical and electrical works
the complete set of as-built drawings shall comprise any civil, hydraulic, mechanical and electrical
working drawing updated to reflect the Works as actually executed.
The Contractor shall use the metric international system of units (SI Units).
Draft versions of the records drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval and then be
completed with any amendments requested by him.
On completion of the individual Works the Contractor shall supply to the Engineer the complete set
of originals and copies of the As-Built Drawings within 30 days. All this material shall be delivered in
a legible and navigable manner in both hard and soft copy, well-structured and with a comprehensive
list of contents. The structure is to be proposed by the Contractor in time provided the Engineer does
not prescribe such structure in advance.
The material shall be delivered in the following formats:
i. As-built drawings:
1x dwg format, 1x pdf format; 2x hard copy full scale unfolded; 4x hard copy reduced scale
ii. Originals in A3 and original in A4:
1x pdf format; 3x hard copy full scale in folders A4
All Soft copies shall be delivered as a set of DVD high capacity and after approval stored on external
drive.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
27
2.17.7 Shop Drawings
The shop drawings shall indicate the general assembly, components, dimensions, weights,
clearances and methods of assembly. Draft versions drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer
for approval and then be completed with any amendments requested by him.
The material shall be delivered in the following formats:
i. Shop-Drawings:
1x dwg format, 1x pdf format; 1x hard copy full scale unfolded; 2x hard copy reduced scale
ii. Originals in A3 and original in A4:
1x pdf format; 2x hard copy full scale in folders A4
2.17.8 Maintenance Instructions
For each element of plant and equipment, the Contractor shall provide the Manufacturer’s
maintenance instructions. These instructions shall be in English language.
2.18 SYSTEM OF UNITS
This conversion table below shall be used if so required:
1 inch 25.4 millimeters 1 Millimeters 0.0394 inch
1 foot (=12 inches) 0.3048 meter 1 centimeter (=10 mm) 0.3937 inch 1
yard (=3 feet) 0.9144 meter 1 meter (=100 cm) 1.0936 yards
1 kilometer (=1000 m) 0.6214 miles
1 square inch 6.4516 sq. centimeters 1 square centimeter 0.1550 sq. inch
1 square foot (=144
square inches)
9.29 square decimeters 1 square meter (=10 000
sq. cm)
1.1960 sq. yards
1 square yard (=9 square
feet)
1 acre (=4840 square
yards)
0.8361 square meters 1 are (=100 sq. meters) 119.60 sq. yards
0.40469 hectare 1 hectare (=100 Ares) 2.4711 acres
1 square mile (=640
acres)
259 hectares 1 square kilometer (=100
hectares)
0.3861 sq. mile
LINEAR MEASURE (LENGTH/DISTANCE) LINEAR MEASURE (LENGTH/DISTANCE)
PER M TR M TR PER
SQUARE MEASURE (AREA) SQUARE MEASURE (AREA)
PER M TR M TR PER
CUBIC MEASURE (VOLUME) CUBIC MEASURE (VOLUME)
PER M TR M TR PER
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION,
PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
28
1 cubic inch 16.4 cubic centimeters
1 cubic centimeter
0.0610 cubic inch 1 cubic foot (=1728 cubic
inches) 0.0283 cubic meters
1 cubic meter (one
million cu. cm) 1.308 cubic yards
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
29
1 (imperial) fl. oz. (=1/20
imperial pint)
1 (imperial) gallon (=4
quarts)
28.41 ml 1 milliliter 0.002 (imperial) pint
4.546 liters 1 liter (=1000 ml) 1.76 pints
9.092 liters 1 deciliter (=10 l) 2.20 (imperial) gallons
1 ounce (=16 drams) 28.35 grams 1 milligram 0.015 grain 1 pound (=16 ounces
0.45359237 kilogram 1 gram (=1000 mg) 15.43 grain
Temperature shall be in degrees Celsius (°C), power in Watts and irradiance in kWh/m² etc.
CAPACITY MEASURE (VOLUME) CAPACITY MEASURE (VOLUME)
PER M TR M TR PER
MASS (WEIGHT) PER M TR
MASS (WEIGHT) M TR PER
=7000 grains)
1 (long) ton (=2240 lbs) 1.016 tonnes 1 kilogram (=1000 g) 2.205 pounds
1 (short) ton (=2,000 lbs) 0.907 tonne 1 tonne (=1000 kg) 0.984 (long) ton
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
30
3 CIVIL WORKS
3.1 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
3.1.1 Scope
The work covered by this section of the Technical Specifications consists of furnishing all plant,
labor, equipment, appliances, and the materials for performing all operations in connection with
excavation, trenching and back-filling for water supply, sewerage and structures including all
incidental works necessary for excavation to the required depth and dimensions in accordance with
the applicable drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. The work shall be carried out in complete
conformity with the specifications, set forth hereunder.
3.1.2 Setting Out
The Contractor shall set out the works in accordance with the dimensions, lines and levels shown
on the IFC Drawings. Where no precise positions or levels are shown on the drawings, the works
shall be set out by the Contractor to the positions and levels determined by the Engineer's
Representative as the work proceeds.
3.1.3 Clearing and Grubbing
The sites of all excavations shall be cleared of all shrubs, plants, bushes, large roots, rubbish and
other objectionable materials. All such materials shall be removed from site of work or otherwise
disposed of at no extra cost in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All trees and shrubs that are
designated by the Engineer to remain shall be adequately protected and preserved in an approved
manner.
3.1.4 Excavation
3.1.4.1 General
All excavation of whatever substance encountered shall be performed to the depths indicated or as
otherwise specified. During excavation, material suitable for back-filling shall be stockpiled in an
orderly manner at a sufficient distance from the banks of the excavation to avoid overloading and
to prevent sides from caving. All excavated material unsuitable for backfill shall be removed and
placed at a location approved by the Engineer. Grading shall be done as may be necessary to prevent
surface water from flowing into the trenches or other excavations, and any water accumulated
therein shall be removed by pumping or by other approved methods. Unless otherwise indicated or
approved by the Engineer, excavation shall be open cut.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
30
3.1.4.2 Replaced Soil under Foundations
Material
Selected well graded granular material shall be used for filling beneath the structural foundations.
This material should meet the requirements of A-2-4 & A-3 (AASHTO Soil Classification).
The suitability of the material shall be supported by adequate tests in the laboratory.
Equipment and Procedure
Suitable equipment shall be selected by the Contractor on the basis of field trials for compaction.
The Contractor shall indicate his planning to carry out compaction in his Method Statement for the
Engineer's approval before undertaking actual compaction. A test section would be required to select
the most suitable equipment, layer thickness, moisture content, No. of passes etc.
Compaction Standard
The Contractor shall place the material to be compacted in layers. Each layer shall be of specified
thickness and shall be compacted by the optimum number of passes as explained in above section.
Compaction less than 75% of relative density or 95% of Modified Proctor Density shall not be
acceptable.
Quality Control
Every compacted layer shall be tested for quality of compaction by performing in-situ density tests.
Sand replacement method of density measurement shall be used. The evaluation of 75% relative
density or 95% Modified Proctor Density shall be based on measurement of maximum, minimum
and maximum Modified Proctor Densities in the laboratory. The frequency of this testing shall be
instructed by the Engineer at the site.
3.1.5 Precautionary and Remedial Measures
3.1.5.1 Protection of Existing Facilities and Structures
The Contractor shall take every necessary precaution not to endanger the safety, occupation or
operation of any property, structures, installations or services in the vicinity of his operations and
shall observe any restrictions imposed by the Authority concerned and the Engineer to this end.
Should any such property, structures, installations or services be endangered or damaged as a
result of the Contractor's operations, he shall immediately report any such danger or damage to
the Engineer's Representative and any Authority concerned and shall forthwith undertake remedial
measures to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the appropriate Authority without additional cost.
3.1.5.2 Planking and Strutting
The Contractor shall provide at his own expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer all timbering,
poling, shoring, strutting and other approved supports to the sides of all excavations, trenches and
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
31
all other works in such a way as will be sufficient to secure them from falling and to prevent any
movement. All responsibilities connected with this part of the work shall rest with the Contractor.
In removing timbering, shoring and strutting and all other supports from excavation and trenches,
special care shall be taken to avoid pressure on fresh concrete or any other work until it is sufficiently
safe to resist such pressure.
3.1.5.3 Dewatering
The Contractor shall build all drains and do ditching, pumping, well pointing, bailing, and all other
work necessary to keep the excavation clear of ground water, sewage and storm water during the
progress of the work and until the finished work is safe from injury. All water pumped or drained
from the work shall be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and necessary
precautions against flooding shall be taken. The procedure for dewatering of subsoil water from
excavation for the purpose of construction of sewer lines and other structures shall be in accordance
with the method given below:
Dewatering of subsoil water from excavations of trenches and excavations for other structures shall
be arranged by an adequate process of well-pointing, bailing and/or pumping or by any other suitable
method approved by the Engineer on the basis of the method (statement to be submitted by the
Contractor).
If well-points are used, then the following requirements shall be met with. Well-pointing shall
consist of bore holes, provided with necessary strainers, blind pipes and pumping machinery, and
these shall be of suitable size and depth and shall be located on both sides of the trench and along
the periphery of water level to a sufficient depth to keep the excavations clear of subsoil water
during the process of construction.
As a part of the work and at no extra cost, the Contractor shall provide all strainer pipes and other
requisite material, and boring tools and plant, etc. for the well pointing and shall also provide
pumping equipment as well as operating personnel, power, etc. Dewatering of subsoil water shall
be continuous process round the clock during the progress of the work and until the finished work is
safe, from injury to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer's representative and any interruption
in continuous pumping and causing injury to the works done or under construction shall require
the Contractor to repair or rebuild the works to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer's
representative at no extra cost. No extra payment shall be made to the Contractor for the disposal
of storm water and for dewatering in trenches and building structures less than 5 ft. depth.
3.1.5.4 Maintenance of Excavation
All excavation shall be properly maintained while open and exposed. Sufficient suitable barricades,
warning lights, flood lights, reflective signs, and similar items shall be provided by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage due to his negligence
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
32
3.1.5.5 Surplus Materials
All surplus materials shall be disposed of at locations approved by the Engineer. The disposal of
surplus material shall not interfere with other works and shall not damage or spoil other material.
When it is necessary to haul earth or rock material over street or pavement, the Contractor shall
prevent such material from falling on the street or pavement.
3.1.5.6 Cutting Pavement
In cutting or breaking street surfacing, the Contractor shall not use equipment which will damage
the adjacent pavement. Existing paved surfaces shall be cut back beyond the edge of trenches to
form neat square cuts. The road ballast, brick pavement, and other materials shall be placed on one
side and shall be preserved for reinstatement when the trench is filled. Wherever necessary or
required for the convenience of the public or individual residents, at street crossings and at private
driveways, the Contractor shall provide suitable temporary bridges which shall be maintained in
service until backfilling has been completed. The Contractor shall keep the road crossings manned
24 hours per day. During night time, enough red lights shall be provided to warn the traffic. If detour
is necessary, the Contractor shall make proper detour for the traffic and shall install signs 3 ft. x 4 ft.
in size indicating the detour.
3.1.6 Transportation of Material
All carts, trucks or other vehicles used by the Contractor for transportation of the material shall be
suitably constructed or lined not to permit any leakage/spillage of soil while the vehicles are on the
move. These would be so loaded and arranged as not to spill on the site and public roads. Whenever
any vehicle so used is found leaking/spilling and unsuitable, it shall be immediately withdrawn from
the work on notification by the Engineer.
3.1.7 Compacted Fill and Backfill
3.1.7.1 General
After the completion of water and sewer lines, foundations, walls and other structures below the
elevation of the final grade, all voids shall be backfilled with suitable materials, as specified below.
3.1.7.2 Backfilling for Structures
It would comprise returning and filling the selected excavated material around foundations, and at
back of walls etc., upto finished levels shown on the Drawings or as required in layers not exceeding
6 inches, carefully rammed and consolidated (with addition of water if required) so as to achieve a
minimum relative density of 90% of modified proctor test at optimum moisture content. No fill
shall be made until the concrete foundations and footings etc., have been inspected and approved
by the Engineer. Earth to be used for filling must be free of all the organic impurities, debris or any
other foreign matter. Earth which contains more than 1% of salts particularly sulphates will not be
used in filling.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
33
3.1.7.3 Backfilling of Trenches
The trenches shall not be completely backfilled until all required pressure tests are performed and
until the water lines as installed conform to the requirements of specifications. Where in the opinion
of the Engineer, damage is likely to result from withdrawing sheeting, shoring; the same shall be
left in place and cut off at a level 1 ft. below ground surface. Trenches shall be backfilled to the
ground surface with selected excavated material or other material that is suitable for proper
compaction. Trenches improperly backfilled shall be reopened to the depth required for proper
compaction, then refilled and compacted to the specified density. The surface shall be restored to its
original or better condition. Pavement and base course disturbed by trenching operations shall be
replaced.
3.1.7.4 Lower Portion of Trench
Backfill material below and around pipe shall be deposited in 6 inch maximum thickness layers and
compacted with suitable hand tampers to 90% of maximum density until there is a cover of not less
than 1 ft. over the pipe. The backfill material in this portion of trench shall consist of sandy clay or
other approved materials free from stones and lumps.
3.1.7.5 Remainder of Trench
The remainder of the trench portion above pipe shall be backfilled with material that is free from
stones larger than 6 inch in any dimension. Backfill material shall be compacted to achieve a minimum
relative density of 90% of modified proctor test at optimum moisture content for cohesive soils and
95 percent of maximum density for others.
3.1.8 Borrow
In case of insufficiency of excavated material and un-suitability of earth for backfilling, conforming
to the above specifications, such material shall be brought from the source approved by the
Engineer.
3.1.9 Grading
After the completion of all backfilling operations, the Contractor shall grade the work areas to the
lines, grades and elevations shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Finished grading
shall not be done until the installation of all utilities or appurtenance. All damage due to settlement
shall be repaired by and at the expense of the Contractor.
3.1.10 Testing of Soil in Place
The Engineer will make tests using the calibrated cone method/core cutter method to determine
the density of soil in place. If soil in place fails to meet the specified degree of compaction the areas
represented by the failing tests shall be removed, replaced and compacted to the specified density
in the manner directed by the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
34
3.2 CONCRETE
3.2.1 Scope
This section covers the manufacture, forming, transporting, placing, stripping of forms, finishing and
curing of plain and reinforced normal concrete in the structures included herein.
3.2.2 Specifications
Concrete work shall conform to all requirements of ACI 301-72, (Revised 1975), Specifications for
Structural Concrete for Buildings, except as modified by supplemental requirements below. The
Contractor shall submit, for the approval of the Engineer, before commencement of any work, his
Method Statement which would provide complete details of the procedures and equipment to be
used for the satisfactory execution of the work. The approval of such Method Statement shall not
relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract.
3.2.3 Composition and Quality
Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, water, fine and coarse aggregates and any
admixtures as and when specified. The concrete mixes will be designed by the Engineer who will
determine the required quality of the concrete for the structures covered by these Specifications.
The desired strength of concrete for various parts of the structures have been shown on the
Drawings. Such concrete mixes shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibilities to achieve the
desired strength of concrete for various parts of structures as specified in the Technical Specifications
or shown on the Drawing and to the full satisfaction of the Engineer.
3.2.4 Cement
3.2.4.1 General
Cement shall be furnished in sacks or in bulk form as approved by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise permitted, cement from not more than two plants shall be used and in general,
the product from only one plant shall be used in any particular section of the work. No cement
recovered through cleaning sacks shall be used.
3.2.4.2 Portland Cement
Portland cement shall be indigenous stuff unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Portland
cement shall conform to latest British Standard 12:1971, Specifications for Portland Cement or to
ASTM Designation C150- 74, Standard Specifications for Portland Cement for Type I. Portland cement
conforming to ASTM Designation C150-74, Type II or IV may also be used in certain parts of work as
directed by the Engineer.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
35
3.2.4.3 Tests
Cement shall be sampled at storage site and tested from time to time at the discretion of the Engineer
in accordance with the ASTM Designation C150-74 or its equivalent British Standards. Expenses
for such tests shall be borne by the Contractor. If the tests prove that the cement has become
unsatisfactory, it shall be discarded and thrown as rejection as directed and to the full satisfaction
of the Engineer. Cement which has been in storage at the project site longer than four months, shall
not be used until retesting proves it to be satisfactory.
3.2.4.4 Storage
Cement shall be stored in dry, weather tight and properly ventilated structure. All storage facilities
shall be subject to approval and shall be such as to permit easy access for inspection and
identification of each consignment. Sufficient cement from a single source shall be in storage at the
work site to complete any lift of concrete stored. Adequate storage capacity shall be furnished to
provide sufficient cement to meet the peak needs of the project. Cement in sacks shall be stored on
a damp proof floor and shall not be piled to a height exceeding 6 feet.
The Contractor shall use cement in the approximate chronological order in which it is received at
the site. All empty sacks shall be promptly disposed of as permitted and directed by the Engineer so
as to avoid any confusion in use of quantity of cement.
Cement storage facilities shall be emptied and cleaned by the Contractor when so directed, however
the interval between required cleaning normally will not be less than four months.
Suitable, accurate scale shall be provided by the Contractor for weighing the cement in stores and
elsewhere on the work, if required, and he shall also furnish all necessary test weights.
3.2.4.5 Delivery and Usage Record
Accurate records of receipts of cement at site and its use in the work shall be kept by the Contractor.
Copies of these records shall be supplied to the Engineer in such a form as he may require.
3.2.5 Aggregates
Materials used as aggregates shall be obtained from sources known e.g Margalla / Shaheen-Abad/
Sikhan-wali to produce satisfactory results for the different classes of concrete. The use of aggregates
from sources which have not been approved by the Engineer shall not be permitted.
3.2.5.1 Fine Aggregate for Concrete
Fine aggregate for all the classes of concrete shall be well graded natural sand, stone screenings or
other inert material of similar characteristics or a combination of these. The whole of it shall be
perfectly clean, free from coagulated lumps, soft and flaky particles, shale alkali, organic matter, loam
mica and injurious amount of other deleterious substances. Maximum allowable content of
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
36
silt and other deleterious inert substances is 5 percent by washing. Material derived from stone
unsuitable for coarse aggregate shall not be used as fine aggregate. Fine aggregate derived from
stone screenings shall be sharp, cubical, hard, dense and durable and shall be stacked on a platform
so as to adequately protect it from dust and other admixtures.
Grading for the above specified fine aggregate shall be within the following limits, as determined by
the Owner:
Sieve Size Percentage Passing (Dry Weight)
3/8 inches 100
No. 4 95 to 100
No. 8 80 to 90
No. 16 50 to 85
No. 30 25 to 60
No. 50 10 to 30
No. 100 2 to 10
Fine aggregate for class D (1000 psi) concrete may be good quality bank run sand obtained from the
River in vicinity. It shall be clean natural material graded from fine to coarse, free from lumps, clay,
cinder, ashes, rubbish and other debris. It shall not contain more than 5 percent of material finer
than No. 200 mesh screen, not more than 5 percent remaining on No. 4 sieve; all material shall pass
through 3/8" screen.
3.2.5.2 Coarse Aggregate for Concrete
Coarse aggregate for the first 3 classes of concrete shall consist of quarried or crushed stone/river
run gravel or inert material or a combination of these, with maximum size of 3/4 inch and shall be
clean, hard durable, sound, cubical and well-shaped, free from soft or friable matter, or thin
elongated pieces, alkali, organic matter or injurious amounts of other deleterious substances.
Deleterious inert matter shall not exceed 3 percent.
Grading for above specified coarse aggregate shall be within the following limits:
Sieve Size Percentage Passing (Dry Weight)
1 inch 100
3/4inch 90 to 100
1/2 inch 20 to 55
3/8 inch 0 to 10
#-4 0 to 5
Coarse aggregates for Class D (1000 psi) concrete shall be broken stone or river run gravel from
dense hard stone, or boulders. The stone or gravel should not be porous or slaty it must be free
from earth, sand or other foreign matters. The broken aggregate or gravel shall be of the prescribed
size for the class D (1000 psi). The broken aggregate or gravel shall be of max. Size 1 inch or 1 1/2
inches and not contain any thing which will pass through No.4 sieve.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
37
3.2.5.3 Storage of Aggregate
Each class of aggregate is to be stored separately and the Contractor is to provide means of ensuring
that aggregates are stored on a suitable hard clean surface or platform to prevent contamination
from the ground.
3.2.5.4 Proportions of Coarse and Fine Aggregates
The nominal ratio of the Volume of coarse aggregate to the volume of fine aggregate shall be decided
by compression test of concrete cubes or cylinders to be furnished by the Contractor but the Owner
may order these ratios to be varied slightly according to the grading of the aggregates by weight,
if necessary, so as to produce required grading. The Engineer can get the tests carried out at the
Contractor's cost.
At the beginning of the work and where there is any change in the coarse or fine aggregates or in
their source of supply, the Contractor is to have a series of tests on cubes/cylinders made
representative of and marked as to the aggregates and their grading and mix of concrete. Such cubes
are to be tested in the laboratory under identical conditions, except for small variations in the
relative proportions of the coarse and fine aggregates up and down from the best proportions
derived from the sieve analysis. The cubes etc. are to be tested at 7 days.
3.2.5.5 Water
Water for washing aggregates and for mixing and curing concrete shall be clean and free from
injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, salt, organic matter, or other deleterious substances as
determined by standard tests selected by the Engineer. It shall meet the following chemical
requirements:
Chlorides such as Sodium Chloride Max 3000 ppm
Sulphates such as Sodium Sulphate Max 2000 ppm
Impurities Max 2000 ppm
Metled Salt Max 25000 ppm
The water for curing concrete should not have pH value lower than 5 and shall not contain impurities
which cause discoloration of concrete.
3.2.6 Concrete Mix Requirements
3.2.6.1 Strength
The concrete shall be one of four different classes to be paid for at their respective unit prices
designated. The numerical classifications refer to the approximate proportions of cement, fine
aggregate and coarse aggregate, according to the common practice. However, the actual concrete
mix requirement shall consist of proportioning and mixing for the following strengths when tested
in the form 6" cubes, 3 for 7 days’ and 3 for 28 days’ test shall be made for each class of concrete.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
38
The cubes are to be made, cured, stored, transported and tests are to be carried out at a testing
laboratory approved by the Engineer. All such tests shall be at the cost of the Contractor.
Concrete Cylinder (Min) Compressive Strength Cube (Min) Compressive
Strength Tentative
Ratio Class Tested at 7 days Tested at 28 days Tested at 28 days
A 2000 psi 3000 psi 4000 psi 1:1-1/2:3
B 1600 psi 2400 psi 3000 psi 1:2:4
C 1000 psi 1600 psi 2000 psi 1:3:6
D No strength
requirements 800 psi 1000 psi 1:4:8
3.2.7 Water Cement Ratio
The water-cement ratio is the ratio of the weight of water in the mix to the weight of cement
therein. Water content shall be sufficient to produce a workable mix of the specified strength but
the total water content shall be governed by the following table:
Concrete Maximum Permissible Total Water Demand
Class (Imperial) Gallons per 112 pounds of cement
A 6.0
B 7.5
C 8.0
D No requirements
3.2.7.1 Consistency
Proportions of ingredients shall vary to achieve the desired concrete consistencies when tested,
conforming to the following slump requirements or as desired by the Engineer:
Use of Concrete Minimum and Maximum Slump (inch)
Normally reinforced sections compacted by
vibration, hand
Compacted mass concrete.
1 to 3
Heavily reinforced concrete sections compacted by
vibration, hand Compacted concrete In normally
rein-forced slabs, beams, columns and walls.
2 to 4
Compacted concrete in normally rein-forced slabs, beams, columns and walls.
In all cases, the proportions of aggregates for concrete shall be such as to produce mixes which will
work readily into the corners and angles of the forms and around the reinforcement without
permitting the segregation of materials or liateance. Uniformity in concrete consisting from batch
to batch shall be ensured.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
39
3.2.8 Mixing Methods
The concrete shall be mixed in an approved mechanically operated batch mixer. The mixer, its
hopper and working platforms shall be protected from rain and wind.
The aggregates and cement shall be mixed together before adding water until the concrete is of
even colour and consistency throughout. Dirt and other undesirable substances shall be excluded.
Water shall not be added indiscriminately from a hose or can. All concrete shall be thoroughly
mixed by a modern reliable batch mixer to produce maximum output of concrete necessary to
complete the work within the specified time without reducing the required mixing time. Concrete
shall be mixed in the concrete mixers for the duration required for uniform distribution of the
ingredients to produce a homogeneous mass of consistent colour but for not less than 1 1/2 minutes.
The mixer shall be operated by trained operators, who have previous experience of running and
operation of concrete mixers.
At the conclusion of mixing, the mixer and all handling plants shall be thoroughly cleaned out
before the concrete remaining in them has had time to set.
No concrete shall be mixed by hand without the Engineer's written consent, and such consent shall
be given only for small quantities under special circumstances.
3.2.9 Test of Concrete
3.2.9.1 Strength Test during the Work
Strength tests of the concrete placed during the course of the work will be made by the Engineer in
an approved laboratory at the Contractor's expenses. The Contractor shall assist the Engineer in
obtaining, for control purposes, such number of cylinders or cubes as the Engineer may direct, but in
general, three beams taken from each 2,650 ft³ or fraction thereof, or from each day’s pour,
whichever is less, of each class of concrete placed, shall govern. Test specimen will be made and
cured by the Engineer in accordance with the applicable requirement of ASTM Designation C31-69,
Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Compressive and Flexural Test Specimens in the
Field.
Cubes and beams will be tested by the Engineer in accordance with the applicable requirements of
ASTM Designation C39-72, Standard Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Cubical Concrete
Specimens and ASTM Designation C78-64, Standard Method of Test for Flexural Strength of concrete
(Using Simple Beam with Third Point Loading). The test result will be based on the average of the
strength of the test specimens except that if one specimen in a set of three shows manifest evidence
of improper sampling, moulding, or testing, the test result will be based on the average of the
remaining two specimens. If two specimens out of a set of three show such defects, the results of
the set will be discarded and average strength determined from test results of the other two
sets. The standard age of test will be 28 days, but 7 day tests may be used at the discretion of the
Engineer, based on the relation between the 7 days and 28 days’ strengths of the concrete as
established by tests for the materials and proportions used. If the average of the strength test of
three specimen cured under laboratory controls, for any portion of the work, falls below the
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
40
minimum allowable compressive or flexural strength at 28 days required for the class of concrete
used in that portion, the Engineer may change the proportions of the constituents of the concrete,
as necessary to secure the required strength for the remaining portions of the work. If the average
strength of the specimens cured under actual field conditions as specified herein before falls below
the minimum allowable strength, the Engineer will make such changes in the conditions for
temperature and moisture under which the concrete work is being placed and cured as may be
necessary to secure the required strength.
3.2.10 Conveying of Concrete
Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable, by
methods which will prevent segregation or loss of ingredients and in accordance with latest edition
of ACI Code Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete.
Any wet batch hopper through which the concrete passes shall be conical in shape. There shall be
no vertical drop greater than 5 ft. except where suitable equipment is provided to prevent
segregation and where specifically authorized. Belt conveyers, chutes, or other similar equipment
will not be permitted either for conveying concrete except where the use of such equipment is
approved in writing by the Engineer, in advance of any use. Each type or class of concrete shall be
visually identified by placing a coloured tag or marker on the bucket as it leaves the mixing plant so
that the concrete may be positively identified and placed in the structure forms in the desired
position.
3.2.11 Placing
3.2.11.1 General
Concrete placing shall follow the Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete, latest ACI Code requirement. No concrete shall be placed until all formwork,
reinforcement, installation of parts to be embedded, bracing of forms and preparation of surface
involved in the placing and the method of placement have been approved by the Engineer. Approval
of the method of placement proposed will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for its
adequacy and he shall remain solely responsible for the satisfactory construction of all work under
the Contract.
Before concrete is placed, all surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed shall be free
from standing water, mud, debris or loose material. All surfaces of form and embedded material
that have become encrusted with dried mortar or grout from concrete previously placed shall be
cleaned of all such mortar or grout before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed. The
surfaces of absorptive material against or upon which concrete is to be placed shall be moistened
thoroughly so that the moisture will not be drawn from the freshly placed concrete. Concrete shall
be worked into the corners and angles of the forms and around all reinforcement and embedded
items without permitting the materials to its final position in the forms. The depositing of concrete
shall be regulated so that the concrete may be effectively compacted with a minimum of lateral
movement into horizontal layers approximately 1.5 ft. in thickness. No concrete that has partially
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
41
been hardened or contaminated by foreign materials shall be deposited in the structure, nor shall
retampered concrete be used unless approved by the Engineer. The surfaces of construction joints
shall be kept continuously wet for at least eighteen hours during the twenty-four hours’ period
prior to placing concrete except as otherwise directed by the Engineer. All free water shall be
removed and the construction joint shall be completely surface dry prior to approval all concrete
placing equipment and methods shall be subject to approval. Concrete placement will not be
permitted, when in the opinion of the Engineer weather conditions prevent proper placement and
consolidation.
3.2.12 Compacting Concrete
All concrete, except that in blinding layers and in- situ-concrete in very small sections, shall be
compacted by vibration. After any necessary hand spading, working and ramming into place, each
layer of concrete shall be compacted with mechanical immersion vibrators of types approved by
the Engineer. The immersion vibrators shall produce a vibration frequency of not less than 6000
impulses per minute. Under no circumstances shall the immersion vibrators be allowed to come into
contact with reinforcement or shuttering. Immersion vibrators shall penetrate vertically for a few
inches into any previous unset layer in order to establish a satisfactory bond, but no concrete shall
be vibrated in such a manner as to cause injury to concrete (already set or otherwise) in other parts
of works. Care shall be taken to keep the vibrators vertical, to insert them at regular intervals and
withdraw them slowly to prevent the formation of voids, so that the entire mass of the concrete is
properly compacted. Haphazard or random penetration of the vibrators without sufficient depth of
insertion shall be avoided. A sufficient number of vibrators shall be used to ensure compaction
of each batch of concrete before the next batch is delivered. At least one extra vibrator shall be in
hand for emergency use.
Vibration shall be supplemented by hand punning with approved small-diameter smooth steel rods
with rounded ends in order to achieve complete compaction around reinforcement and other
embedded fittings and a completely dense mortar finish against the shuttering.
Excessive vibration shall be avoided and vibration shall not be continued after a good surface finish,
without free water, has been achieved. Vibration and punning shall be just sufficient to produce a
dense, homogeneous concrete properly filling the moulds and free from air voids, segregation,
bleeding, honey combing and other imperfections. Only highly skilled operators and workmen,
subject to constant supervision, shall be employed in vibrating and punning concrete.
3.2.12.1 Time Interval between Mixing and Placing
Concrete mixed in stationary mixers and transported by non-agitating equipment shall be placed
within thirty minutes after it has been mixed, unless otherwise authorized. When a truck mixer or
agitator is used for transporting concrete, the concrete shall be delivered to the site of the work
and discharge shall be completed within 1 1/2 hours after introduction of the cement to the
aggregates. The concrete shall be placed within 20 minutes after it has been discharged. In all
cases, concrete shall be placed and compacted well within the initial setting time.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
42
3.2.13 Concrete Finishes
Concrete fishes shall be made in accordance with the provision of ACI 301-8 or as directed by the
Engineer
Workmanship in shuttering and concreting shall be such that concrete work shall normally require
retouching and the surfaces being dense, watertight and where steel shuttering has been used,
perfect and smooth. Should there be faults in these respects, the Contractor shall cut out and
replace the whole of the lift concerned or such amount as the Engineer decides, or make good if
permitted by the Engineer and to his approval. Concrete which is honey-combed or otherwise shows
voids shall invariably be cut out and replaced in an approved manner as suggested by the Engineer.
Any making good shall be carried out immediately after striking the shuttering and shall be restricted
to light rubbing down with wet carborundum or the approved correction of minor blemishes. In no
circumstances shall surfaces be made good with cement or washes or rendering.
Exposed concrete surfacing not requiring shuttering and not subsequently to be given extra finishes
shall be given perfectly dense smooth finish with a wooden float.
Where concrete slabs, ducts, bases or machine plinths will themselves form the finished floor
surface the concrete shall be troweled immediately after the first laying process only just sufficiently
to give a level surface. Thereafter, when the concrete has stiffened to a condition such that a hard
compacted surface can be obtained without bringing up laitance, a final surface troweling shall be
given with a steel float to produce a smooth finish.
3.2.14 Concrete and Weather
No concrete shall be placed when the atmospheric temperature is below 15 °C without the written
permission of the Engineer. When directed by the Engineer the Contractor shall provide adequate
means for maintaining a temperature of not less than 20 °C for 3 days or 15 °C for five days after
placing the concrete.
If Rapid-Hardening Portland Cement is used, the period may be reduced as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall supply such heating apparatus as stoves salamanders or steam equipment and
the necessary fuel. When dry heat is used, means of maintaining atmospheric moisture shall be
provided. All aggregates and mixing water shall be heated to temperature of at least 20 °C, but not
more than 75 °C the aggregates may be heated by either steam or dry heat, if permitted by the
Engineer the torch method of heating mixed aggregate shall be such as to heat the mass uniformly
and avoid spots which will burn the materials. The temperature of the concrete shall be not less
than 10 °C at time of placing in the forms.
In case of extremely low temperature, the Engineer may, at his discretion, raise the minimum limiting
temperature of water, aggregates and mixed concrete. When the shade temperature is above
32 °C, special precautions shall be observed during concreting to the satisfaction of the
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
43
Engineer. Concreting will be permitted when it is not raining. Thermometer shall be kept at the Site
by the Contractor.
3.2.15 Curing of Concrete
Unless otherwise specified or ordered by the Engineer all concrete shall be cured by water. It shall
be kept wet continuously for at least fourteen days after placement. It shall be covered with water
saturated material like gunny bags, canvas, clean sand, matting, etc. or any other improved method
duly approved by the Engineer.
In order that tensile stresses on the cooling of concrete shall be kept to a minimum, all materials
shall be as cool as practicable when mixed and placed. To this end, aggregates shall be covered,
coarse aggregates shall be cooled with water and mixing plant etc., water storage tanks and pipelines
shall be covered or insulated from the effects of the sun. The temperature of concrete on placing
shall in no case exceed 32 °C.
Concrete shall be placed only against surfaces which are damp and no such work shall be started
until arrangements for keeping the shuttering continuously cool and wet are in place. Shuttering
and exposed faces of concrete and mortar shall be covered by at least 3 thicknesses of approved
stout hessian kept continuously cool and wet by an efficient and comprehensive system of sprinklers
and diffused jets of water, with appropriate temporary drainage arrangements, for at least 14 days
after placing.
As an alternative to continuous curing with water after stripping of shuttering a proprietary
membranes method of curing may be used provided that it is used strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions, is coloured to show its presence, contains no bituminous substance,
does not prejudice the appearance of permanently exposed concrete surfaces and is in all other
respects to the approval of the Engineer. Wherever practicable, both faces of concrete structures
shall be appropriately treated in order to prevent tensile stresses due to differential shrinkage or
temperature across the section. Furthermore, the Contractor shall continue to provide facilities for
covering and/or keeping wet such exposed surfaces of the Work as are, in the opinion of the Engineer
liable at any time to be damaged by weather.
At no time shall any further work involving concrete proceed until the Contractor has satisfied the
Engineer that all such work previously carried out is being protected and cured in accordance with
this clause.
3.2.16 Concrete in Excavation and Filling
Before concrete is placed in or against any excavation or filling, the surface of such earthwork shall
have been compacted and shall be free from running and standing water, oil and other deleterious
matter. Loose earth and other material shall be removed. The excavation or filling shall be damp
but not wet and special precautions shall be taken to prevent groundwater from damaging unset
concrete or causing movement of the concrete.
Immediately after the excavation or filling has been trimmed and prepared as above, the exposed
foundation shall be protected by a blinding layer or "No-fines" concrete or of cement mortar or
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
44
other protection as shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer. Such blinding layers and
coatings shall be thoroughly cleaned and moistened before further concrete work is placed thereon.
Reinforced concrete shall not be cast against an unprotected face of earth or any other material
liable to become loose or to slip; the greatest possible care shall be taken to avoid falls of material
on to the concrete, by leaving the timbering in place (if permitted) or by removing the timbering in
small depths and lengths at a time and by any other approved means. If any such falls occur, all
soiled concrete shall be removed and replaced at Contractor's own cost.
3.2.17 Shuttering
The Contractor shall submit, for the approval of the Engineer full proposals and design calculations
for all shuttering and proposals for the period of time to elapse before each item of the shuttering is
struck. Notwithstanding the approval of the Engineer to any actual shuttering or proposals for its
striking, the Contractor shall retain complete responsibility for its adequacy as to the provisions of
this clause and for any consequences of the striking being premature or harmful. In general, the
minimum time for the removal of form work shall be as under:
Form Work Removal Time Normal Weather
above 15 oC
Formwork of Vertical
Surfaces such as Beams
a) side walls and columns 4 days 2 days
b) Slabs, props left under 10 days 5 days
c) Props to slab 14 days 10 days
Beam soffits, prop
left under 14 days 7 days
c) Removal of props to Beams 21 days 21 days
Shuttering shall be designed with easily sealed access hatches for inspection purposes and for
removal of water and deleterious materials, and with connections to facilitate striking without
damaging the concrete. Shuttering for soffits of slabs shall be erected with an upward camber of
1/4" for each 10 feet of span. When props are to be left in position under slabs the shuttering shall
be made and removed in such a way that the props are not disturbed in any way.
A tolerance of plus or minus 1/8 inch in line or level will normally be permitted after erection of the
shuttering which shall nevertheless be sufficiently strong, stiff and rigidly braced against loads due
to the wet concrete and vibration and against constructional loads, to remain true to the line and
level accepted before concreting. It shall be sufficiently watertight to ensure that there shall occur
no "fine" or escape of mortar at joints or of liquid from the concrete.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
45
All exterior angles for concrete work not permanently buried in the ground shall be given 3/4" x
3/4" chamfers unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
Timber for shuttering shall be well seasoned, free from loose knots, splits, projecting nails and the
like and from any adhering foreign matter.
Steel shuttering shall be used to produce a fair face concrete with only a faint but consistent
pattern of plate marks on exposed concrete surfaces. The shuttering shall be assembled from
wrought tongued and grooved boarding, true and tightly fitted with joints as necessary, the whole
surface and all edges being rendered smooth before and after oiling. Bearing in mind the quality of
the finish required, wrought, plain-edged and butt-joint boarding may replace the tongued and
grooved boarding or purpose-made steel- faced shutters of first-class quality may be used, solely at
the discretion of the Engineer.
Rough shuttering shall be used for surfaces to be buried in the ground and shall be assembled from
sawn boards with smooth and true edges or from approved steel shutters. In either case all joints
shall be suitably filled.
The inside faces of all shuttering shall be treated with an approved material to prevent adhesion of
the concrete, all such materials being kept clear of the reinforcement and other items to be
embedded.
Shuttering shall be struck by static force alone without shock and vibration causing any damage to
the concrete. Shuttering being reused shall be thoroughly repaired and cleaned before re-assembly.
3.2.18 Water Stopper's
3.2.18.1 Scope
The work to be done under this item consists of providing and installing PVC/Metal water stops as
shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
Polyvinylchloride Water Stopper
Polyvinylchloride waterstops shall be extruded from an elastomeric plastic compound, the basic
resin of which shall be polyvinylchloride (PVC) The compound shall contain such additional resins,
plasticizers, stabilizers or other materials needed to ensure that when the material is compounded
and extruded to the shapes and dimensions shown, it will have physical characteristics when tested
by the U.S. Corps of Engineers Tested Method specified below:
No. of Specimens Tested Requirement USCE Test Method
5 1750 psi 568
5 350% 573
5 -35oF 570
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
46
3 400 psi 571
Physical Characteristics
Tensile strength using die III, not less than Ultimate elongation using die III, not less than Low
temperature brittleness, no sign of failure such as cracking or chipping at Stiffness in flexure, 1/2-
inch span, not less than Installation
The PVC Water stops shall be laid in continuous lengths. Splices in the continuity or at the
intersections of runs of PVC water stops shall be performed by heat sealing the adjacent surfaces in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or as directed by the Engineer. A
thermostatically controlled electric source of heat shall be used to make all splices. The correct
temperature at which splices should be made will differ with the material used but should be
sufficient to melt but not char the plastic. After splicing, a remolding iron with ribs and corrugations
to match the pattern of the waterstop shall be used to reform the ribs at the splice. The continuity
of the characteristic components of the cross section of the waterstop design (ribs, tubular center
axis, protrusions, and the like) shall be maintained across the splice.
Metal Water stoppers
Copper, stainless steel and steel water-stoppers shall be installed in joints at the locations shown
on the Drawings. The thickness, shape, dimensions and splicing of metal water-stoppers shall be as
shown on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer.
3.2.19 Steel Reinforcement
3.2.19.1 Scope
The work to be done under these items shall include furnish, cut, bend, and place all steel
reinforcement as indicated on the Drawings or otherwise required. All reinforcement when
surrounding concrete is placed shall be free from loose, flaky rust, and scale, and free from oil
grease or other coating which might destroy or reduce its bond with the concrete. All placing shall
be in accordance with Drawings furnished or approved. The use of reinforcement for the
transmission of current for welding will not be permitted. All reinforcement, including dowels,
remaining exposed in the work shall be suitably protected until embedded in concrete.
3.2.19.2 Cutting and Bending
Steel reinforcement may be mill or field cut and bent. All bending shall be in accordance with
standard approved practice and by approved machine methods. When bending is required, it shall
be performed prior to embedding the bars in the concrete. In all such cases, the bars shall be cold
bent. Bending or straightening of bars partially embedded in set concrete shall not be permitted
except in isolated cases where corrective action or a field change is required and is specifically
approved by the Engineer.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
47
3.2.19.3 Quality
Concrete reinforcement bars shall be of following quality:
Intermediate grade Steel: It shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM 615-81 (a,b) Grade 40/
Grade 60 or equivalent having a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi/ 60,000 psi. The Contractor
shall provide labour, materials, arrange measuring and testing facilities to ascertain quality, weight
or quantity of steel at his own expense, no steel shall be incorporated in the Works without prior
approval of the Engineer.
3.2.19.4 Spacing of Bars
The spacing of bars shall be as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The variation
from indicated spacing, provided that the total area of reinforcement is in accordance with the
Drawings, shall not be more than 1 inch.
3.2.19.5 Relation of Bars to Concrete Surface
The cover of all main reinforcement shall conform to the dimensions shown on the Drawings. The
protective covering shall not be less than, and shall not exceed more than 1/4" from the values
specified on the Drawings, indicate the clear distance from the edge of the main reinforcement to
the concrete surface. The concrete covering of stirrups spacer bars, and similar secondary
reinforcement may be reduced by the diameter of such bars.
3.2.19.6 Splicing
Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein, all splices, lengths of laps, splice
locations, placement and embedment of reinforcement shall conform to the applicable requirements
of American Concrete Institute 318-77, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. All
splices and locations of laps in reinforcement shall be as shown on the Drawings or as directed by
the Engineer. Additional bar splices shall be provided as required, subject to approval of the Engineer.
Lapped ends of bars may be placed in contact and securely wired or may be separated sufficiently
to permit the embedment of the entire surface of each bars by butt-welding or by approved
mechanical methods such as the Cadweld splice or other type splice using positive connectors shall
be adopted where indicated or directed by the Engineer. Butt welding of reinforcing bars, where
indicated or directed shall conform to the requirements of American Welding Society's
Recommended Practice for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections, D.12.1.
Concrete shall be protected from heat during welding operations.
3.2.19.7 Supports
All reinforcement shall be secured in place by use of metal or concrete supports, spacers, or ties, as
approved by the Engineer. Such supports shall be of sufficient strength to maintain the reinforcement
in place throughout the concreting operation. The supports shall be used in such a
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
48
manner that they will discoloration or deterioration of the concrete. Concrete supports shall be
manufactured of the same concrete mix as used in the structure to be concreted.
3.3 BRICK AND CEMENT CONCRETE BLOCK WORK
3.3.1 Scope
This section consists of construction of brick/ cement concrete block work walls of any thickness
with first class hand-mould and/or machine pressed bricks/cement concrete blocks with the
specified ratio of cement mortar in foundation, plinth superstructure or for any other structure as
directed by the Engineer, or shown in the Bid Schedule. The Contractor shall furnish all materials
and all other requirements to produce finished brick/block work. Brick/block work and materials for
brick/block work shall be in strict accordance with this section of the specifications and applicable
drawings and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
3.3.2 Materials
3.3.2.1 Portland Cement
Portland cement shall conform to the stipulations and requirements set forth in Section
“CONCRETE”.
3.3.2.2 Mortar Sand
Sand for mortar used in construction of brickwork/blockwork required under these Specifications
shall be furnished by the Contractor in accordance with the provisions and in conformity with the
stipulations and requirements of ASTM Designation C144-70 or latest revision and shall have a
fineness modulus between 1.6 and 2.5.
3.3.2.3 Water
The water used in the preparation of mortar shall be free from objectionable quantities of silt,
organic matter, alkali salts and other impurities and it will be tested in accordance with BS-3148
and approved by the Engineer at the Contractor's cost.
3.3.2.4 Aggregate
Aggregates for mortar shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C144. Sand that has been in
contact with seawater shall not be used unless it has been thoroughly washed to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
3.3.2.5 Additives
Additives where used, shall be proprietary products used in the proportions and manner
recommended by the manufacturer. The additives shall in no way adversely affect the mortar
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
49
strength or contain chemicals, which may e harmful to other building materials. To add gypsum to
cement is strictly forbidden.
3.3.3 Mortar and Grout
Materials for mortar, sand binding agent and water shall be mixed by volume for at least 3 minutes
with the minimum amount of water to produce a correctly mixed mortar or grout of workable
consistency in a mechanical batch mixer. For small jobs, hand mixing may be permitted, the
ingredients being mixed with sufficient water to produce a correctly mixed workable mortar. Mortar
used in masonry construction shall conform to ASTM C-270 Standard.
Mortars shall be mixed in batches, which can be used within a period before the setting process
commences. Once a mix begins drying off, it shall be rejected. No ingredients shall be added to it
once the setting process has begun. Mortar shall not be retained for more than 30 minutes and shall
be constantly worked over with hoe or shovel until used.
3.3.4 Mortar Batching
Methods or equipment used for mixing mortar shall be such as will accurately determine and control
the amount of each separate ingredient entering into the mortar and shall be subject to the approval
of the Engineer. If a mixer is used it shall be of approved design and the mixing time after the
ingredients are in the mixer, except for the full amount of water, shall not be less than two
minutes.
Mortar shall be mixed only in sufficient quantities for immediate use and all mortar not used within
30 minutes after addition of water to the mix shall be wasted. Retampering of mortar shall not be
allowed. Mixing pans and troughs shall be thoroughly cleaned and washed at the end of each day's
work.
3.3.5 Scaffolding
The Contractor shall provide safe scaffolding of adequate strength for use of workmen at all levels
and heights at his own expense. Scaffolding which is unsafe in the opinion of the Engineer shall not
be used until it has strengthened and made safe for use of workmen. Cost of scaffolding etc., shall
be included by the Contractor in the unit rate for masonry items.
Damage to masonry from scaffolding or from any other object shall be repaired by the Contractor
at his own cost.
3.3.6 Jointing
Jointing is the forming of joints as work proceeds. Joints shall be as follows:
a) Exterior exposed joints shall be tightly formed to a weather joint with the point of the
trowel.
b) Interior exposed joints shall be tightly formed to a concave joint.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
50
Joints which are subsequently covered with plaster or other finish materials shall be struck flush.
3.3.7 Bricks
The bricks used shall be of standard size (9"x4.5"x3") first class well burnt, uniform in shape, size,
texture and colour and should produce a ringing sound when struck. The bricks shall be free from
flaws, cracks, chips, stone nodules of lime or kan-kar or any other blemishes. The brick shall not
absorb more than one sixth of its weight when soaked in water for one hour. Compressive strength
shall not be less than of 1,400 psi. Bricks over burnt, under burnt vitrified and irregular shall not be
used. Bricks of uniform size shall be used throughout the work and source of supply shall not be
diversified.
3.3.7.1 Soaking
Before use all bricks shall be soaked in clean water in tanks or pits for at-least two hours.
3.3.7.2 Laying of Bricks
All brickwork shall be skillfully laid with level courses, uniform joints, square corners, plumb verticals
and true surfaces except when otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer.
Brickwork will be of best standard of workmanship obtainable and objectionable offsets in the
brickwork shall be avoided. Smoothest practicable finished surface of the brickwork shall be ensured.
Unless otherwise specified bricks shall be laid in English Bond with frogs (Manufacturer's marks)
upward.
All horizontal joints shall be parallel and truly level. Vertical joints in alternate courses shall come
directly over one another. Thickness of joints unless otherwise specified shall not be less than 1/4
of an inch and not more than 3/8 of an inch. The height of 4 courses and 3 joints as laid shall not
exceed by more than 1 inch the height of 4 bricks as piled one upon the other.
3.3.7.3 Curing
All brick work involving use of cement shall be cured by water curing or other acceptable methods.
The Engineer shall approve all methods and operations of the Contractor in curing different portions
of work.
When curing by water brickwork shall be kept wet for at least 14 days by covering with water
saturated materials or by a system of perforated pipes, mechanical sprinklers, porous hose and
ponding or by any other approved method which will keep all surfaces to be cured continuously
wet. Water used for curing shall meet the requirements given in Clause 1.3.2 of these specifications.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
51
3.4 SURFACE RENDERING
3.4.1 Scope
The work covered by this part of the Specifications consists of supplying all materials, labour and
equipment, appliances in performing all operations required for doing the work of cement plastering,
pointing, and white washing in accordance with the herein stated requirements except when
specifically modified by the Engineer.
3.4.2 Cement Plaster
3.4.2.1 General
The work to be carried out under this item shall consist of providing 1/2" thick plaster in grey
cement as specified below. The work shall be carried out in accordance with applicable
requirements of British Code of practice 211:1966 or latest revision.
3.4.2.2 Materials
• Cement
All cement required for incorporation in this Section shall conform to the applicable
requirements of Section "CONCRETE"
• Sand
The sand shall be of medium to coarse grain and having a fineness modulus varying between
1.10 and 1.50 obtained from an approved quarry e.g. Lawrencepur/Local. The material
shall be free from clay, vegetable matters and other impurities. Sand bearing clay shall be
washed at the discretion of the Engineer.
• Water
Water required for cement sand paste and curing purposes shall conform to applicable
requirements of Section "CONCRETE".
3.4.2.3 Mortar Composition
Mortar for plastering shall consist of one part of Portland cement to 3 parts of sand by volume.
3.4.2.4 Material Batching
Material batching for preparation of mortar shall conform to stipulations and requirements set for
in the Section "BRICK AND CEMENT CONCRETE BLOCK WORK".
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
52
3.4.2.5 Application of Plaster
The surface on which plaster is to be applied shall in case of brick work, be properly raked and
wetted before application of plaster. Plaster shall be applied in a thickness of 1/2". If the specified
thickness sis more than 1/2" then plaster shall be applied in two coats viz rendering coat and the
final coat. Plaster shall be carried out to the full length of the wall or to the natural points. Vertical
or horizontal joints which show themselves shall not be allowed. Rendering coat shall be roughened
with waving lines drawn by wire brushes to provide bond for the final coat and it shall be properly
moistened before application of subsequent coat. The final coat shall be finished with floats to
provide smooth and uniform surface. All arises shall be straight and either truly horizontal or
perpendicular and finished with 1/8" radius. Defective finishes if any shall be cut out and re- plastered
at the expense of the Contractor. Plaster after finishes shall be kept moist for about 10 days to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
3.5 DAMP PROOFING
3.5.1 Scope
The work covered under this section shall consist of damp proofing concrete surface or brick/block
masonry surface, in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the Drawings
or as directed by the Engineer.
3.5.2 General
The concrete surface shall be damp proofed with bitumen by the absorptive method whereas
brick/block masonry surfaces shall be first treated with a horizontal layer of Portland cement
concrete and then covered with bitumen damp proof cover with Hessian base. Vertical faces of
walls likely to come in contact with earth shall be first.
Plastered with cement plaster and then treated with bitumen by the absorptive method. Damp
proofing shall not be applied when the temperature is below 390 F and falling. The work shall be
done by workmen experienced in the application of damp-proofing. Damp proofing shall be applied
as shown on the Drawings.
3.5.3 Damp-Proofing Materials
All asphaltic materials shall be delivered in sealed containers bearing the manufacturer's original
labels. Bituminized Kraft paper shall be delivered in rolls as per manufacturer's original packing.
Other materials shall be delivered as provided under relevant clauses of these Specifications. All
materials shall conform to the Specifications designated and be approved by the Engineer. Damp
proofing materials shall conform to the following requirements along with the requirements shown
on the Drawings.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
53
3.5.4 Asphalt Primer
The asphalt primer shall consist of an asphaltic base thinned to a suitable brushing consistency,
with a volatile solvent, and shall conform to the requirements set forth under ASTM 41-73 or latest
revision.
3.5.5 Asphalt
Asphalt for damp proofing shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 449-73, Type C or latest revision.
3.5.6 Bituminized Kraft Paper
3-ply brown Kraft paper (0.00113 lbs/ft² each ply) sandwiched with two layers of Bitumen (0.00083
lbs/ft² each layer) as manufactured by Messrs. Packages Ltd., Lahore or equivalent, as approved by
the Engineer, shall be used.
3.5.7 Preparation of Surfaces
Surfaces to receive damp proofing shall be smooth, clean and dry. Holes, joints and cracks shall be
painted flush with mortar and high spots ground level with the surrounding surface. Before damp
proofing, surfaces shall be swept clean of all foreign matter and shall be inspected and approved.
3.5.8 Placement Procedures
The selection and combination of various waterproofing and damp proofing materials for different
locations shall be as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise directed
or approved by the Engineer, the following procedures shall be adopted.
3.5.9 Damp Proofing Under Brick Masonry Walls
The damp proofing shall comprise of:
a) 1 1/2" thick layer of plain cement concrete Class B shall be placed over the area to be damp
proofed.
b) A priming coat of asphalt primer confirming to BS specification 1097 October 1973 bore the
application of asphalt coating.
c) An asphalt coat using not less than 30 lbs/100 ft² and 2 layers of Bituminized Kraft paper or
polythene sheet.
3.5.10 Quality Control
Sampling of asphalt for Specifications compliance shall be done in accordance with ASTM D 140-70.
Samples shall be taken from each consignment, as directed by the Engineer.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
54
3.6 ROOF INSULATION
3.6.1 Scope
The work consists of insulation with brick tiles of sizes 9"x4" x 1 1/2" or any other approved size laid
in cement mortar (1:3) over rammed mud laid to grade as shown on drawings after applying two
coats of bitumen on the R.C.C. roof slab surface at 30/25 lbs, respectively for first and second coats
at specified heat and laying 20 lbs. polythene sheet complete in all respects.
3.6.2 Materials
The brick tiles shall comply with the standards set in "Section Bricks" except for their thickness and
strength. The cement, sand and water shall meet the requirements as given in Section “CONCRETE”.
Bitumen shall be PB3 or PB4.
The clay for making mud shall be clean, free of all organic and other injurious matters.
3.6.3 Application
3.6.3.1 Bitumen Painting
Bitumen heated to the specified temperature and applied on R.C.C. roof slab cleaned and dried
surface including sanding at 1 1/2 ft³/100 ft² of surface.
3.6.3.2 Laying Mud
The clay shall be mixed with reasonable quantity of water and thoroughly kneaded to form a thick
paste to which copped straw at the rate of 10 lbs./ft³of mud shall be added. It shall be laid and
thumped with wooden trowels to form the slope as shown on the drawings.
3.6.3.3 Laying of Tiles
The brick tiles shall be laid in cement mortar (1:3) in fall/slope as shown on drawings.
3.6.3.4 Pointing
The brick tiles shall then be flush pointed in cement mortar (1:2)
3.6.3.5 Curing
The tiles laid shall be cured properly for ten days.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
55
3.6.4 Measurement and Payment
3.6.4.1 Roof Insulation
Measurement and payment for roof insulation shall be made in accordance with the provisions
given hereafter.
3.7 FLOORING
3.7.1 Scope
The work covered in this Section consists of furnishing all plant, labour and material etc., and of
performing all operations in connection with making cement concrete floor in conformity with lines
and dimensions shown on the Drawings and in strict accordance with these specifications.
MATERIALS
Cement, sand and aggregate shall conform to the requirement of relevant clauses in section
"CONCRETE"
3.7.2 Base for Flooring
The base for flooring shall be laid down when the earth filling has been done up to the specified
level in a layer of 6 inches and has been properly watered and consolidated and correctly leveled.
A layer of sand about 4" thick shall be laid and rammed after having saturated so that a 4" layer is
reduced to about 3" after compaction.
Portland cement concrete of Class C (2000 psi) shall be laid in one operation in a uniform layer of
specified thickness, absolutely true and parallel to the required level of the finished surface. Concrete
shall be cured for at least 7 days before any topping is laid. Before laying the surface shall be washed
and scrubbed with wire brushes so that the concrete in the base and the topping are well bounded.
3.7.3 Cement Concrete Flooring
Before laying the topping, the surface of the base shall be divided into symmetrical panels by glass
strips. The size of panels, unless otherwise specified, shall not exceed 3 ft. square and concrete
shall be placed in alternative panels. The top of the glass strips shall be adjusted to the specified
level of the finished floor surface.
Cement concrete floor shall consist of laying a topping of cement concrete of Class B (3000 psi) of
specified thickness over the prepared and finished base as or roughed surface of floor slabs.
Placing operation shall be specifically timed. No sooner the concrete has been evenly spread in a
panel, then it shall be beaten for about 5 to 10 minutes with "wooden thapies" (about 5 lbs. weight).
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
56
Immediately after consolidation, the surface shall be leveled with a wooden trowel. Excessive
trowelling in the early stages shall be avoided. The surface shall be tested with a straight edge to
detect undulations, which, if found, shall be eliminated. The finer stuff in the concrete which has
come to the surface with the stroking shall be quickly but carefully smoothen with the steel trowel.
When the concrete has hardened sufficiently, trowelling shall be done with steel trowel. No dry
cement or a mixture of dry cement shall be sprinkled on the surface for hardening the surface.
3.7.4 Brick Flooring
The work covered by this item consists of furnishing and laying 4-inch sand over prepared earth to
required slope and grade. 3-inch-thick layer of Class D (1000 psi) concrete is laid over it and 4.5-
inch-thick brick on edge are laid in 1:3 cement sand mortar. These joints of these bricks are struck
at the top by flush pointing.
3.7.4.1 Method of Construction
The method consists of placing bricks on edge for flooring in 1:3 cement sand mortar over 4-inch
sand and 3-inch Class D (1000 psi) concrete and striking the joints of bricks with flush pointing and
laid over thoroughly consolidated bottom by ramming and watering before laying this floor.
3.7.5 Curing
The concrete flooring properly laid shall be cured for 7 days.
3.8 PAINTING WORK
The following codes and standards shall be followed wherever relevant and applicable and/or
directed by the Engineer.
BS 242-66 Linseed Oil
BS 245-76 Specification for mineral solvent (white and related hydrocarbon solvents)
BS 2523-83 Lead –based priming paint
BS 2569-64/45 Sprayed metal coatings.
BS 2992-70 Painters and decorators’ brushes.
BS CP 3012-72 Cleaning and preparation of metal surfaces.
BS 4800-81 Paint colors for building purposes.
BS 5082-74 Water-Thinned priming paints for wood.
BS 5358-76 Specifications for low-lead solvent-thinned priming paint for wood work.
BS 6150-82 Code of practice for painting of building.
The whitewash shall be made from pure fat lime brought to site of work in the form of un-slaked
lime. Water shall be added to this lime in a container until the mixture is of consistency cream and
allowed to rest until cracks shall appear on its surface (48-72 hours). After screening through coarse
cloth, gum at the rate of 4 oz. boiled with 10 oz. of rice shall be added to each cubic feet of white
wash. The color pigment if required shall be added and mixed with white wash and stirred to give
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
57
the required shade. Enough quantity shall be prepared in one go so as to meet the requirement of
one Complete room.
3.8.1 Weather Resistant Paint
3.8.1.1 Selection of paint
Cement based paints or one of the three common types of the exterior latex paints (polyvinyl
acetate, styrene-butadiene and acrylic) of ICl/Burger make or equivalent shall be used whichever
specified. Approved quality cement based or weather resistant emulsion paints shall be used as
directed by the Engineer.
3.8.1.2 Primers
Boiled linseed oil or silicone water repellent primers ICl/Burger make or equivalent shall be used on
concrete and masonry surfaces. Before application of paint, concrete and masonry surface should
be allowed to dry for at least 3 weeks after cessation of curing
3.8.1.3 Fillers
Paste of Zinc Oxide and varnish thinned with turpentine shall be used as filler on masonry and
concrete.
3.8.1.4 Sealers
Water insoluble and water-repellent substances dissolved in solvent such as petroleum naphtha or
the special clear silicone compounds shall be used to seal masonry surfaces.
3.8.1.5 Thinner
Thinners such as turpentine, mineral spirit, water, xylene and linseed oil of approved quality shall
only be used in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions and with prior approval of the
Engineer.
3.8.1.6 Brushes
All brushes used for painting work shall conform to B.S 2992 or equivalent American Standards.
3.8.2 Preparation of Surface
All loose material and dirt on the surface shall be removed with a brush. Holes and irregularities of
surface shall be repaired with lime putty, and the surface shall be allowed to dry before applying
whitewash or color wash and weather resistant paint All greasy spots shall be given a coat of rice,
water and sand. Surfaces discolored by smoke shall be washed with a mixture of wood ashes and
water or yellow earth before being-white washed or painted.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
58
3.8.2.1 Application
Three coats of white or color wash shall be applied on the prepared surface with a brush. Paint or
finish to any surface shall be applied when ambient temperature is 10 °C or above and less than 43
°C unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. No painting shall be done above 90%
relative humidity. Drop cloths shall be placed to adequately protect all finished work.
All paint and coating materials shall be in thoroughly mixed condition at the time of application. All
work shall be done in a workman-like manner, leaving the finished surface free from drips, ridges,
waves, laps and brush marks. All paints shall be applied under dry and dust free conditions.
All primary paint shall be applied by brushing. The first coat of paint shall be applied immediately
after cleaning.
3.9 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENTS
3.9.1 Cement Plaster
Measurement and payment for cement plaster shall be made in accordance with the provisions
given hereafter.
3.9.2 Method of Measurement
Measurement shall be made of cement plastering for the actual area in square foot in accordance
with this section of Specification or as directed by the Engineer.
3.9.3 Basis of Payment
Payment shall be made for the number of square foot of surface area cement plastered at the
contract unit price per square foot and shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all materials,
equipment and labour including all incidentals necessary to complete the work in strict accordance
with this Section of Specification.
Description Unit
Provide and apply Y" thick 1:3 ft²
Cement Sand Plaster for ceiling ft²
3.9.4 Painting
Measurement and payment for white washing and weather resistant paint shall be made in
accordance with the provisions given hereafter.
3.9.5 Method of Measurement
The measurement shall be made in ft² of the actual surfaces completed and approved.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
59
3.9.6 Basis of Payment
Payment shall be made for number of square feet of the actual surface painted measured as
provided above at the Contract unit price per square feet for the respective item and shall constitute
full compensation for all materials, equipment, labor, including all incidentals necessary to complete
the work.
Description Unit
Provide and apply white wash ft²
Provide and apply weather resistance paint ft²
Provide and apply vinyl emulsion paint ft²
Provide and apply enamel paint ft²
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
60
4 MECHANICAL / PLUMBING WORKS
4.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPING
4.1.1 Applicable Codes and Specifications
Work shall be carried out according to the requirements of this specification and will conform to
the technical specifications, data sheets and fabrication / installation drawings. Where specific
details about the execution of any items of work are not included, work shall be carried out according
to the requirements of the latest editions of the following standards and Engineering's general
specifications described below:
• B 31.3 Process Piping (Latest Edition)
• B. 1.20.1 Pipe Threads General Purpose (Inch).
4.1.2 Traceability, Storage and Handling
4.1.2.1 Storage
• All piping material shall be stored by the Contractor in areas demarcated for this purpose.
• Pipes and fittings shall preferable be stored on dry wooden platforms.
• Valves, control valves, instruments, bolts, small fittings and gaskets shall be stored in
covered, locked premises. In no case shall the marking on the equipment be removed.
Valves, steam traps and other equipment provided with protective caps shall be stored with
the caps up to the moment they are installed.
• The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for safekeeping of all the material and
equipment. If any item is lost or damaged, the Contractor shall be required to replace it at
his own expense.
• The Contractor shall identify space for storage of material.
4.1.2.2 Handling
Handling of material shall be done with suitable mechanical equipment and safety of workers shall
be given top priority.
4.1.2.3 Traceability
i. All piping material including line pipes, fittings, flanges, bolting etc. shall bear marking as
per their relevant manufacturing codes and shall as well be traceable to the manufacturer
supplied Material Test Certificates (MTCs). The Contractor shall have the Engineer’s approval
for all such materials before commencement of fabrication / installation. All piping material
which will be without embossed manufacturing information /details will not be acceptable.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
61
ii. All valves shall be new and have manufacturers tests certificates of pressure and leak lest,
each traceable with its serial no.
4.1.3 Pipe Cutting
All Pipes shall be cut by pipe cutter only.
Cutting will only be acceptable, provided after cutting, the edges are prepared by grinding and
machining.
After cutting, the pipe ends shall be beveled and prepared according to the dimensions and
tolerances shown in the drawings and project specifications.
4.1.4 Piping Joints
4.1.4.1 Flanged Joints
All flanges, flanged fittings, bolting including stud bolts, nuts and washers as well as gaskets shall
comply with the relevant piping specifications.
The flanges shall be welding neck with bore matching pipe internal diameter (I.D) unless otherwise
specified and/or authorized.
All bolt holes shall straddle vertical and horizontal centerlines, unless otherwise directed for special
or specific reasons. The correct length of bolts shall be used according to reference code. They shall
be long enough to project a minimum of two threads out of the nuts when tightened up.
Flange bolts shall be tightened evenly and sequentially to impose equal pressure on the gasket and
to avoid distortion or overstressing of equipment flanges. Bolts shall be tightened as per the
manufactures recommended torque loads. Gaskets used with cast iron flanges shall cover the full
face of the flanges. Torque wrench will be used for tightening the bolts.
4.1.4.2 Piping Installation
a. Piping connections to equipment nozzles shall be accurately aligned and the Contractor shall
ensure that flange faces are parallel and correctly centered before bolting. Force shall not be
used to attain alignment.
b. Piping shall be aligned true and level. Where slope is specified, it shall be maintained
without sags in the piping run. Misalignment in piping shall not exceed 5 mm. each flanged
joints shall be offered to the Engineer’s representative to check stress-free prior to bolting.
c. Piping supports should conform in all respects (construction and location) to the piping
design. Location of sliding, guiding and fixing supports (pipe shoes, U Bolts, straps and other
types of supports) should conform strictly to the location indicated in related piping drawing.
It will be ensured that the pipe does not remain suspended above the pipe support and is
fully resting on the support. There should not be any gap between pipe and its support.
Erection of supports shall be by bolting and/or welding in accordance with the piping design.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
62
d. Erection of supports fabricated of pipes may also include cutting of ends to Suit the contour
to which they have to be welded. In addition to the supports included in the piping design,
certain supports may be indicated directly on field before the completion of the work.
e. All pipe work shall be kept clean during construction by mechanical cleaning and swabbing
out.
f. Piping and equipment shall be adequately supported, rigid enough to prevent excessive
vibration, and sufficiently anchored to prevent undue stresses and undue strains on the
connected equipment and machinery.
g. Hangers and supports shall be made of non-combustible material, and capable of sustaining
the loads to which they will be subjected.
h. During construction, pipes in trenches shall be sealed with tight caps at the termination of
each day work or when working on a pipe section is temporarily discontinued.
i. Hangers and supports shall be so installed as not to interfere with the free piping movements
due to expansion or contraction due to temperature variations.
j. All overhead piping shall be installed to provide at least two (2) meters headroom in all
passageways. Valves and other equipment items shall be accessible for operation and
maintenance.
k. Over ground piping shall be grouped together on sleepers to form pipe racks and shall be
run on supports to give the lines the same bottom of pipe elevations.
l. All piping shall be installed in a neat workmanlike manner, properly painted, guided and
supported. Making smart use of space and avoid haphazard look & aesthetics.
m. In all cases care shall be taken, wherever possible, to avoid air or liquid pockets throughout
the system. A sufficient and proper number of vents at the high points and drain
connections at the low points shall be foreseen.
n. Care shall be taken to avoid undue stresses of pipes and components during mechanical
erection, offer flanged joints for inspection prior to bolting.
o. Underground piping shall be carefully laid to levels shown in the drawings and shall have
the minimum specified cover.
p. Whenever possible, underground piping shall be laid so that it shall be drained on one end
only.
q. Pipes lying on sleepers shall be high enough to clear all flanges, valve bodies, etc. form
grade.
r. A clearance of 20 cm from grade shall be provided unless otherwise stated.
s. Where pipe work is laid on pipe racks or in permanent trenches the arrangement and
clearances shall allow the removal of any pipe, fitting, valve, etc. without the necessity to
disturb adjacent pipe work.
t. Lines shall be painted in colors in accordance with color coding scheme.
u. In all cases, changes in direction for piping shall be performed by means of factory made
butt welding/thermal fusion fittings. This will apply for pipes 2" in diameter and above.
4.1.4.3 Initial Backfill
This is the critical zone of embedment soil surrounding the pipe from the foundation to at least 6
inches over the pipe. The pipe’s ability to support loads and resist deflection is determined by the
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
63
quality of the embedment material and the quality of its placement. Within the initial backfill zone
are bedding, haunching, primary, and secondary zones.
4.1.4.4 Bedding
In addition to bringing the trench bottom to required grade, the bedding levels out any
irregularities and ensures uniform support along the length of the pipe.
4.1.4.5 Haunching
The backfill under the lower half of the pipe (haunches) distributes the superimposed loadings.
4.1.4.6 Primary Initial Backfill
This zone of backfill provides the primary support against lateral pipe deformation. To ensure such
support is available, this zone should extend from trench grade up to at least 75 percent of the pipe
diameter.
4.1.4.7 Secondary Initial Backfill
The basic function of the material in this zone is to distribute overhead loads and to isolate the pipe
from any adverse effects of the placement of the final backfill.
4.1.4.8 Final Backfill
The final backfill should be free of large rocks, organic material, and debris. The material and
compaction requirements for the final backfill should reflect sound construction practices and satisfy
local ordinances and sidewalk, road building, or other applicable regulations.
4.1.4.9 Simplified Installation Guidelines for Pressure Pipe
A quality job can be achieved for most installations following the simple steps that are listed below.
These guidelines apply where the following conditions are met:
• Pipe Diameter of 24-inch or less
• SDR equal to or less than 26
• Depth of Cover between 2. 5 feet and 16 feet
• Groundwater elevation never higher than 2 feet below the surface
• The route of the pipeline is through stable soil
The following are general guidelines for the installation of PE pipe according to the above conditions.
4.1.4.10 Simplified Step-by-Step Installation
Trenching
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
64
The length of open trench required for fused pipe sections should be such that bending and lowering
the pipe into the ditch does not exceed the manufacturer’s minimum recommended bend radius and
result in kinking.
The trench width at pipe grade should be equal to the pipe outer diameter (O. D.) plus 12 inches.
Bedding
Bedding may be prepared from the excavated material if it is rock free and well broken up during
excavation. The trench bottom should be relatively smooth and free of rock. When rocks, boulders,
or large stones are encountered which may cause point loading on the pipe, they should be removed
and the trench bottom padded with 4 to 6 inches of tamped bedding material. Bedding should
consist of free-flowing material such as gravel, sand, silty sand, or clayey sand that is free of stones
or hard particles larger than one-half inch.
Placing Pipe in Trench
PE pressure pipe up to about 8” in diameter and weighing roughly 6 lbs per ft. or less can usually be
placed in the trench by hand. Heavier, larger diameter pipe will require handling equipment to lift,
move, and lower the pipe into the trench. Pipe must not be dumped, dropped, pushed, or rolled
into the trench. Appropriate safety precautions must be observed whenever persons are in or near
the trench.
Pipe Embedment
The embedment material should be a coarse grained soil, such as gravel or sand, or a coarse
grained soil containing fines, such as a silty sand or clayey sand. The particle size should not exceed
one-half inch for 2 to 4-inch pipe, three-quarter inch for 6 to 8-inch pipe and one inch for all other
sizes. Where the embedment is angular, crushed stone may be placed around the pipe by dumping
and slicing with a shovel. Where the embedment is naturally occurring gravels, sands and mixtures
with fines, the embedment should be placed in lifts, not exceeding 6 inches in thickness, and then
tamped. Tamping should be accomplished by using a mechanical tamper. Compact to at least 85
percent Standard Proctor density as defined in ASTM D698.
Trench Backfill
The final backfill may consist of the excavated material, provided it is free from unsuitable matter
such as large lumps of clay, organic material, boulders or stones larger than 8 inches, or construction
debris. Where the pipe is located beneath a road, place the final backfill in lifts as mentioned earlier
and compact to 95 % Standard Proctor Density.
4.1.4.11 Classification and Supporting Strength of Pipe Embedment Materials
The burial of PE pipe for pressure flow applications is covered by ASTM 2774, “Standard Practice for
Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping”.
4.1.4.12 Embedment Classification per ASTM D-2321
Pipe embedment materials have been grouped by ASTM D-2321, “Standard Practice for
Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity - Flow Applications”
into five embedment classes according to their suitability for that use.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
65
4.1.4.13 Maximum Particle size
Maximum aggregate size of Class I and Class II materials when used next to the pipe (i.e. bedding,
haunching and initial backfill) should not be larger than those given in Table 1 below.
TABLE 1: Maximum Particle Size vs. Pipe Size
Nominal Pipe Size (in.) Maximum Particle Size (in)
2 to 4 ½
6 to 8 ¾
10 to 15 1
16 and larger 1 ½
4.1.4.14 Trench Construction
Trenches should be excavated to line and grade as indicated by contract documents and in
accordance with applicable safety standards. Excavation should proceed upgrade. Excessive runs of
open trench should be avoided.
Trench Width
Trench width in firm, stable ground will generally be determined by the pipe size and the compacting
equipment used. Table 2 below gives minimum trench width values.
TABLE 2: Minimum Trench Width in Stable Ground vs. Pipe Size
Nominal Pipe Size (in.) Minimum Trench Width (in.)
< 3 12
3 - 24 Pipe O. D. + 12
> 24 - 63 Pipe O. D. + 24
Table 3 lists the recommended lengths of trench openings for each placement of continuous lengths
of fused pipe, assembled above the trench. When the trench sidewalls are significantly sloped,
somewhat shorter trench openings may be used. When space or ground conditions do not permit
these suggested trench openings, the pipe lengths may be joined within the trench, using a joining
machine or flanged couplings.
TABLE 3: Suggested Length of Minimum Trench Opening
For Installation of Joined Lengths of PE Pipe
Nominal Depth of Trench (Feet)
Pipe Size
(in.) 3 5 7 9 11 13
½ to 3 15 20 25 30 35 40
4 to 8 25 30 35 40 45 50
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
66
10 to 14 35 40 45 50 55 60
4.1.4.15 Sunlight Exposure
Placing pipe that has been in direct sunlight in a cooler trench will result in thermal contraction of
the pipe’s length. This contraction can generate force which could result in pull-out at mechanical
couplings or other buried structures. Allow pipe to cool before making connections to an anchored
joint, flange, or a fitting that requires protection against excessive pull-out forces. Covering the pipe
with embedment will facilitate cooling.
4.1.4.16 Cold (Field) Bending
Coiled lengths and long strings of PE fused pipe may be cold bent in the field. The allowable bend
ratio is determined by the pipe diameter and the dimension ratio. (Figure2 and Table 4)
Figure 2: Bend Radius, R
TABLE 4: Minimum Bend Radius for PE Pipe Installed in Open Cut Trench
Dimension Ratio, DR Minimum Cold Bend
Radius
7, 7.3, 9 20 x Pipe OD
11, 13.5 25 x Pipe OD
17, 21 27 x Pipe OD
26 34 x Pipe OD
32.5 42 x Pipe OD
41 52 x Pipe OD
Fitting or flange present in bend 100 x Pipe OD
4.1.4.17 Installation of Pipe in Curves
Field bending involves excavating the trench to the desired bend radius, then sweeping or pulling
the pipe string into the required bend and placing it in the trench.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
67
Temporary restraints may be required to bend the pipe, and to maintain the bend while placing the
pipe in the trench and placing initial backfill. Temporary blocks or restraints must be removed
before installing final backfill, and any voids must be filled with compacted initial backfill material.
Considerable force may be required to field bend the pipe, and the pipe may spring back forcibly if
the restraints slip or are inadvertently released while bending. Observe appropriate safety
precautions during field bending.
4.1.4.18 Transition from PE Pressure Pipe to Gasket Jointed Pipe
It is necessary to anchor the ends of a PE pipeline that transitions into an unrestrained gasket
jointed pipe system. If the gasket joints are restrained anchoring is unnecessary.
4.1.4.19 Proper Burial of Fabricated PE Fittings
Common fittings, elbows and equal tees normally require the same backfill as specified for the
pipe. When service connections are made from PE water mains, no special compaction is required.
When service connections are made under an active roadway, 95% Standard Proctor density is
normally required around the pipe and the service connection.
As with all piping systems, proper compaction of the soil around pipe and fittings is important. In
water systems, when in-situ embedment materials can be compacted to a Standard Proctor density
of 85% for installation outside of roadways or 95% Standard Proctor density in roadways, these
materials should be used. When in-situ materials do not provide proper support, then sand stabilized
with cement or flow able fill should be used.
4.1.4.20 Inspection
The Engineer should provide inspection commensurate with the application. Good inspection would
include some or all of the following:
o Verification that all embedment materials meet the specification and verification of pipe grade
and alignment,
o Verification that the correct pipe is installed (see numerical code printed on pipe),
o Observation of pipe installation, placement of embedment and backfill materials, and trench
excavation methods,
Verification that proper pipe storage and handling procedures are followed, that pipe placement in
the trench, attachment of mechanical joints, fittings and appurtenances, and transitions to other
pipes were done in accordance with recommended methods, that scratches or gouges do not
exceed the permitted depth, and that the minimum bend radius was not exceeded.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
68
4.2 SKID MOUNTED EQUIPMENT PACKAGES
4.2.1 Codes and Standards
4.2.1.1 Codes, Standards and Regulations
The skid mounted packages covered by this specification shall be designed, manufactured and tested
in accordance with the requirements of ITB Document and this specification, other referenced
Project Specifications and the following Codes, Standards (latest edition) and Statutory Regulations
(where applicable):
• AISC Standard American Institute of Steel Construction Specification for the design,
fabrication and erection of structural steel for buildings.
• ANSI/AWS-D1-I American Welding Society Code.
• ASME IX Welding and Brazing Qualifications
• ANSI B.16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
• ANSI B.58.1 Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in Buildings and other
Structures
• ASME VIII DIV 1 Pressure Vessels
4.2.1.2 Drawing & Documents
The Vendor shall prepare the calculation sheets, fabrication drawings and fabrication procedure
specifications including welding, inspection and testing.
Vendor must also provide the following documents
• Detail isometric drawing of skid piping
• Detail P&ID’s
• Quality control/quality assurance detail documents
• Detailed drawing of each equipment mounted on the skid.
• Detailed bill of material with part number/ identification numbers & specifications of all
equipment and piping mounted on the skid
The form of fabrication drawings and documents may be as per the Vendor’s standards.
4.2.2 Scope of Supply
Each package shall be supplied as a self-contained unit mounted on a structural steel skid base,
complete with the following as a minimum:
• All necessary interconnecting pipe work and valves, terminating at the edge of the skid,
complete with any supports.
• All necessary instrumentation and controls.
• All necessary electric cabling and cable trays up to skid junction box.
• All necessary start-up and commissioning spares.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
69
• All special tools required for maintenance of the package.
• All necessary noise suppression equipment.
• All relevant documentation and record.
• Inspection and testing, as called for, in this specification and its attachments.
• The Vendor shall be responsible for the complete design, engineering, co-ordination,
inspection, testing, delivery and proper functioning of the equipment.
• To enable the Contractor to offer performance and mechanical guarantees in accordance
with the Project requirements, the Vendor, as a minimum, shall be responsible for:
• Sizing of all equipment.
• Selection of materials of construction together with design temperatures and pressures.
• Layout of items of equipment within the specified skid dimensions.
• Procurement and testing of individual items of equipment.
• Assembly and testing of the skid mounted package.
• Full compliance with the requirements of any nominated certifying authority and the
supply of all documentation as required obtaining final acceptance certification.
• Confirmation of the final weight, centre of gravity position and dimensions of the skid
mounted assembly and its suitability for transportation.
The Contractor shall provide a detailed schedule and program of work for procurement and
manufacturing phases of the contract.
All the valves mounted on the skid should be pressure/ leak tested. The Contractor to provide the
tests certificates as an evidence.
Detail vibration/ pulsation and piping stress analysis should be performed for the complete skid,
especially for the rotary/ reciprocating equipment skid.
4.2.3 Environmental Design Criteria
4.2.3.1 General
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the package(s) will be located in an open exposed
area. (This criterion is not for skid mounted treatment plants which will be installed in a building).
4.2.3.2 Site Environmental Data
Environmental conditions for the equipment can be seen in the relevant section of the ITB
Document.
4.2.4 Design Requirements
4.2.4.1 General
The assembly shall be designed for high reliability and minimum downtime.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
70
Materials of construction shall be chosen with regard to previous operating experience on similar
packages.
No cabling piping or instrument tubing shall be routed within the skid base.
All equipment shall be located within the package so as to afford easy access for maintenance and
personnel safety. All piping/ cabling should also be laid appropriately as such it will not cause any
hindrance in access & maintenance of any equipment or area of skid
No part of the equipment shall overhang the boundaries of the skid.
The skid base, associated steelwork and all equipment shall be designed for a basic wind speed of
50 m/s at 10 m above sea level. Wind pressure and stress analysis shall be computed in accordance
with ANSI A58.1. (This criterion is not for skid mounted treatment plants which will be installed in a
building).
4.2.5 Skid Base
Skids shall be designed in full accordance with sound structural engineering principles and the
American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) specifications, where applicable. Skids shall be of all
welded construction.
The primary beams (longitudinal base members) shall be considered to be simply supported with
the support locations occurring at the extreme ends of the beams. The maximum allowable
deflection of any primary beam shall be 1/500 of the span between supports under conditions of
dead, plus superimposed, loads.
Cross members shall be designed on a similar basis and sized such that the top faces are in line and
flush with the top faces of the primary beams, whilst the lower faces shall be such so as to give a
minimum of 40mm ground clearance.
The spacing of cross members shall not exceed the maximum allowable unbraced length of
compression flange for the primary beams (defined in the AISC specification).
Slots shall be provided within the skid base members to allow retained liquids to drain away e.g.
during wash-down.
The primary members shall be adequately cross-braced to prevent flexing or distortion of the skid
during transportation and installation. Equipment mounted on the skid shall not be considered as
contributing to the structural strength or bracing of the skid.
The underside of skid frames shall be left flat to provide a continuous bearing surface and bolt holes
or bearing pads shall only be provided.
Where alignment of machinery is critical, the Contractor shall propose a point-mounted skid, using
bearing pads, as an alternative to his standard. The position of the support parts shall be agreed
with the Engineer. Where required all machinery shall have suitable anti-vibration mounts provided
between the machine and the skid or between the skid and the deck.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
71
Where required, flexible bellows shall be fitted to prevent vibration, transmission through ducting
or piping.
All other types of skids should be reviewed against the calculated or known deflection of the
platform deck and the exciting forces.
Where the skid is too large for handling or transportation on land, it may be sub-divided into sections
for re-joining and bolting together on site. In such cases, all equipment upon the skid, including
interconnecting piping and cabling, shall be pre-assembled and match marked before disassembly
to assist re-assembly on site.
Foundation bolts shall be supplied by others. The Contractor shall provide full details of the size and
number required.
Skids shall have hot dipped galvanized steel bar floor grating covering the entire top surface with
cutouts for supports and/or equipment. Floor grating shall not be used as a mounting surface for
equipment or supports. Floor grating shall be fully located by side and end stops and suitably bolted
or clipped. (This criterion is not for skid mounted treatment plants which will have stainless steel
skids, as mentioned in the following sections)
Grating shall be in removable sections, each section and all cutouts to be completed with flat edging
bars. Where grating sections are cutout around equipment and edging bars welded in to suit,
complete section of flooring shall be re-galvanized to original specification. Cold galvanizing of re-
worked areas is not acceptable.
The strength of the Grating should be adequate to hold the weight of equipment and personal
during operation/ maintenance. Relevant code for grating may be consulted regarding strength of
grating.
Metal thicknesses at the point of equipment bolting shall not be less than 10mm.
Pad-eye type lifting lugs shall be welded to the skid with full penetration welds. The pad-eyes shall
be designed for a minimum load factor of 2.0, with no increase in AISC permissible stresses, on the
calculated force and for all sling angles between 45 and 75 degrees to the horizontal, as obtained
from a single point lift.
When a single lift point from the skid base is impractical due to location of on-skid equipment, the
Contractor shall supply suitable spreader beams or lifting frame, complete with all slings and
shackles. Spreader beams/lifting frames shall be of all welded construction using full penetration
welds and shall be designed for the same load factor as skid lifting lugs.
Jacking screws, of robust design and construction shall be provided on all skids supporting heavy
machinery in order to facilitate lateral and axial movement of each equipment during alignment.
Skid bases shall be provided with two earthing bosses welded to opposite ends of skid base frame.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
72
4.2.6 Ancillary Structures
All ancillary support structures shall be designed so as to withstand all superimposed loads, including
wind loadings in accordance with the AISC specifications.
Access ways, handrails and ladders shall conform to the requirements of API RP 2A, and shall be
provided for operating and maintenance access to all instruments, controls and valves when located
more than 1.5m above the skid floor.
All piping and cabling shall be suitably supported for service and shipment. The support and
installation shall be designed to allow for piping and cabling to be removed without the cutting of
structural members.
Where filter type units with removable heads and/or internal elements form part of the package
equipment, permanent handling facilities shall be provided on the package for removal of
head/elements. This requirement applies when the weight of any single component exceeds 25kg
or where easy access is not available.
4.2.7 Vessels
Vessel internals shall be designed in accordance with the particular service of the vessel and shall
be readily removable through a convenient man way. The internals shall be designed so that the
performance of the vessel will meet the minimum requirements specified in the data sheet and
shall be suitably fixed in position by the provision of bolts or clamps. Loose internal equipment is
not permitted. Provision of manual vessel entry need to be taken care (diameters greater than or
equal to 16 inches should be considered).
Any internals, which require periodic maintenance or are liable to heavy wear shall be designed for
ease of removal from the unit and shall be provided with permanent access facilities.
All liquid outlet nozzles shall be fitted with vortex breakers unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer.
4.2.8 Piping, Valves and Fittings
Where appropriate all piping on the skid that is common, i.e. drains or flares should be piped
together and terminate with a single flange at the skid edge.
All piping shall be routed to provide a neat and economical layout, to have the shortest run consistent
with Good Engineering Practice and to ensure easy access to all in-line
Valves and instrumentation. No piping shall be routed across walkways or access-ways unless they
are elevated a minimum of 2.13 m above the top of grating level.
Sufficient space shall be allowed between lines to permit ready access for removal/repair but in no
instance shall there be a distance of less than 25mm between a pipe and the outside of the largest
flange or fitting in the adjoining pipe. Insulation thicknesses and thermal movement of piping shall
be taken into account when determining these spacing.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
73
The minimum vertical clearance for all piping systems from top of flooring shall be 200mm.
Piping at all equipment shall be supported so that equipment, control valves etc. can be readily
removed without provision of temporary piping supports and arranged so as to minimize pipe work
dismantling.
Pipe supports shall be provided adjacent to skid edge for all external piping connections. Plate type
supports with rigid fixing through pipe work flange bolting are not acceptable.
All access platforms and walkways shall have a minimum clear width of 760mm. No piping,
instrumentation or cable runs shall impinge on this minimum requirement.
Equipment and piping shall be installed with supports so as to prevent vibration.
Piping systems shall be routed and supported so as to have sufficient flexibility to allow for thermal
expansion and contraction, and for platform movement. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the
Engineer/Client that suitable flexibility analyses have been carried out.
The Contractor shall minimize forces and movements imposed on pipe work and shall provide a
complete set of forces and moments at each termination point in order that the Engineer may
complete analysis of adjacent piping systems.
All piping termination points, including inlets, outlets, utilities and drains shall terminate in ANSI
B.16.5 flanges of the appropriate rating having a minimum size of 2 in unless otherwise approved
by the Engineer. The pipe work shall be constructed to allow complete draining of equipment and
shall have plugged vents at high points to facilitate venting and hydro testing.
All piping connections shall terminate at the edge of the skid. The Contractor shall provide a suitable
termination flange schedule with the general arrangement drawing(s). Final orientation of
termination points shall be subject to the Engineer approval.
4.2.9 Materials of Construction
The Contractor shall ensure that the design and selection of materials of construction for equipment
are chosen to avoid the possibility of galvanic corrosion where necessary by the use of suitable
insulation gaskets or spools.
4.2.10 Instrumentation
For instrument air requirement on the package, a galvanized carbon steel air header shall be
provided. Air header shall be 1" NB minimum and shall be mounted adjacent to all instrument air
users. Each user shall be provided with a block valve adjacent to header. All take-offs shall be from
the top of header, which shall be terminated at skid edge with a single flanged connection.
All non in-line instruments shall be provided with suitable stands. Instruments may be supported
on Package Steelwork where location and access is suitable. Instruments shall not be supported off
Process Pipe work.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
74
All cables within the skid shall be installed on cable trays or conduits. Cable Glands shall be used for
connection of cables at enclosures.
Instrument tubing fittings and cables for all instruments shall be supplied pre-installed on skid. All
loose supplied equipment shall be clearly specified and complete installation procedures shall be
provided prior to shipment. The Unit Control Panel (UCP) shall have knife disconnect terminals for
connection of each instrument cable pair.
Where called for in the main package specification, the Vendor shall be required to supply a Unit
Control Panel (UCP), containing the specified controls for the package. The package control system
shall be PLC based. Unless it is of a proprietary nature the UCP shall be custom built for the project
and shall meet the requirements for panel fabrication set out in this and the main package
specification. The form of interface to the Purchaser's control systems is detailed in the main
package specification where applicable. The Vendor shall be responsible for the complete design of
the package and UCP, including the connections between the equipment skid and the UCP. If a local
HMI screen is included with the UCP a weather protection cover shall be provided for the HMI. Skid
Mounted UCP shall have appropriate hazardous area classification and IP rating.
PLC based control systems compliant with IEC 61131-3 shall be used as the package controls systems.
The PLC shall be modular type and shall have high reliability and availability.
The Contractor shall supply Instrument location drawing separate from Package General
Arrangement, highlighting true positions of all instruments in both Plan and Elevation.
4.2.11 Electrical
All electrical equipment shall be as per the requirement of hazardous area classification. All field
mounted electrical equipment shall be minimum IP55.
The Contractor shall provide the electrical consumer list, datasheets, specification, wiring/ schematic
drawings, installation details etc. for the package electrical equipment.
Power supplies available to the package shall be as specified in the equipment requisition or
attachments. If any voltages outside this supply are required these must be generated by the
Package Equipment from these supplies.
Electrical equipment, which requires external support shall be provided with purpose built stands
or may be supported from Package Steelwork where suitable. Electrical equipment shall not be
supported off Process Pipework.
Where junction box/control panel cable glands are bottom entry (preferred arrangement)
equipment shall be so located as to allow adequate space for routing and glanding of cables.
Electrical cable shall be routed to minimize the likelihood of mechanical damage. Cable trays shall
be of heavy duty type with deep flange to further protect cable runs
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
75
4.2.12 Bolting
All internal bolts shall be provided with double locking nuts or other suitable securing device.
All external bolting shall be brand new and cadmium plated for protection.
4.2.13 Insulation
Unless otherwise agreed the Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of all necessary
insulation for heat conservation or the safety and protection of personnel in accordance with the
applicable statutory requirements. This shall include the provision of suitable lagging and cladding
on hot & cold surfaces within easy reach of operatives. The insulation shall comply with the
requirements of the Project Specification for Insulation. In no circumstances shall insulation
materials contain asbestos.
4.2.14 Noise
The noise levels from each skid shall comply with the requirements of API 615 but shall not e x c e e d
85 dBA at 1 m unless stated or otherwise approved by the Engineer.
4.2.14.1 Nameplates
All major equipment installed on the package shall be provided with a stainless steel nameplate
suitably located so as to be visible from off the skid.
Data to be provided is to be in accordance with the specification for the particular equipment but
shall include the following as a minimum:
• Equipment Title
• Manufacture Name
• Country of Origin
• Manufacture Serial Number
• Year of Manufacture
• Manufacturing Code
• U-Stamping
• Operating/Test Pressure
• Design Pressure
• Item Description
• Equipment Tag Number
• Capacity or Design Conditions
• Equipment weight (Empty/Operating)
Letters and Figures shall be 5mm high and clearly stamped.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
76
4.3 FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY
4.3.1 General
Approval of all the Contractor's drawings, weld procedures, calculations, etc. is required by the
Engineer and the certifying authority, where applicable, prior to the commencement of fabrication.
4.3.2 Welding
All welding shall be in accordance with the requirements of the appropriate code i.e.:
• Structural ANSI/AWS-D1.1 Project Specification for Structural Steel and the Welding and
Inspection of off-shore structures.
• Piping ANSI B31.3
• Vessels/Exchangers ASME VIII DIV 1, ASME IX
Welders shall be suitably qualified for the work undertaken.
4.3.3 Assembly
The Contractor shall be required to submit an assembly procedure for the skid mounted assembly
detailing the order of erection.
4.3.4 Materials
Materials of construction of the skid shall comply with the requirements of the Project Specification
for Structural Steel, where applicable.
4.3.5 Inspection, Testing and Certification
4.3.5.1 General
Inspection, testing and certification shall generally comply with the requirements as detailed in the
requisition documentation and in the other referenced specifications.
4.3.5.2 Inspection
The Contractor shall provide free access to his works and that of Sub-Contractor for the authorized
representative of the Engineer and the certifying authority (if required). All necessary certification
on materials, shop test data, etc. shall be made available to verify that the requirements of the
purchase order are being met.
No equipment surface shall be painted until all inspection is completed.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
77
4.3.5.3 Hydrostatic Tests
All pressure vessels and piping shall be hydro tested in accordance with the appropriate Project
specification and code requirements.
Process piping or tubing shall be tested with water after shop fabrication into sub-assemblies.
The normal test pressure for piping shall be 1.5 times the adjusted cold pressure rating of the valves,
fitting, expansion joints or other limiting elements in the line.
Pressure testing shall be maintained long enough to permit complete inspection but shall not be
less than 60 minutes.
4.3.5.4 Equipment Performance Tests
All equipment shall be subjected to an individual performance test where appropriate in accordance
with the requirements of the relevant Project Specification. Performance test curves and
certificates shall be provided.
When required by the Engineer's Inspector, all equipment, after performance testing shall be
dismantled for a visual inspection of the internals.
4.3.5.5 Assembled Skid Testing
The completed pipe work assembled on the package shall be subject to a low pressure (1.0 barg)
leak test in the Contractors works to verify integrity of all joints.
The completed assembly shall be given a full functional test including instrumentation and electrical
equipment at the Contractor's works. During the test all alarms, shutdown and remote signals shall
be simulated.
The Contractor shall be required to submit a full testing procedure, including a check list in
accordance with API 700, at least 4 weeks prior to the commencement of testing and covering the
full extent of testing on the completed assembly. The testing procedure shall be approved by the
Engineer prior to the commencement of testing and shall be complete with all equipment
procedures and check lists. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary utility
services to conduct the tests.
4.4 WATER SUPPLY PIPES, PIPE LAYING AND APPURTENANCES
4.4.1 Scope
The work covered by this Section of the specification consists of furnishing all plant, labor,
equipment, appliances and materials and of performing all operations in connection with water
supply lines and appurtenances in strict accordance with this section of the specifications and the
applicable Drawings.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
78
4.4.2 Materials
Material shall conform to the respective specifications and other requirements specified
hereinafter and shall be new and unused
4.4.3 Galvanized Iron Pipes and Fittings
The galvanized iron pipes shall strictly conform to BS 1387-1967 “heavy quality” Specifications for
“Steel Tubes and Tubulars suitable for screwing to BS 21 pipe threads”. All screwed pipes and sockets
shall be of wrought iron have BS 1740. A complete and uniform adherent coating of zinc white
will be provided for galvanized iron pipes and fittings.
4.4.4 Un-plasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
Un-plasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (uPVC) and fittings if approved by the Engineer shall confirm to BS
3505 pipes shall be class B: Pipe and fittings shall not be stored directly exposed to sunlight handled
or laid in conditions where ambient temperatures may cause distortion or damage. In extreme
conditions, pipe and fittings may have to be stored under water.
4.4.5 Joints for Un-Plasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe
Joints for un-plasticized polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be the Z type consisting of a socket with rubber
gasket, or approved equal, and assembled in accordance with the pipe manufacture’s
recommendations
4.4.6 Mild Steel Pipes
The mild steel pipes shall conform to BS 1387-1967 “medium quality” Specifications for “Steel
Tubes and Tubulars”. All pipes shall have thickness suitable to withstand the working pressure as
specified in the Bill of Quantities.
4.4.7 Polyethylene (P.E) Pipes and Fittings
High-density polyethylene pipes (HDPE) and fittings shall conform to ISO 4427/DIN 8075 standards.
Material, diameters, wall thickness shall be as indicated in 4427/DIN 8074. Tests to be performed
for pipes shall be Heat revision, Short term hydrostatic pressure test and Tensile strength and for
P.E. compounds shall be Elongation at break, Melt flow rate and Density test.
Warning tape shall be provided for lying over P.E. pipes. It should be single fold, 0.02-inch-thick and
2-inch-wide, with warning for digging continuously printed in Urdu language. The tape shall be
placed one foot above the P.E. pipe.
Bricks on edge shall be placed on the P.E. pipes along its edge after it is laid in order to avoid any
damage to the pipe.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
79
4.4.8 Sluice/Gate Valve
Valves shall be wedge gate valves conforming to British Standard Specification 5163: 1974. Ends of
valves shall be suitable for the type of pipe to which the valves will be connected. The direction of
flow should be marked by arrow on the body of the valve.
4.4.9 Check Valve
Check valve shall comply with the requirements of BSS 5153: 1974 or equivalent. The valve shall be
of swing type and shall be of quick acting single door type.
4.4.10 Approval of Materials and Equipment
Soon as practicable but within 30 days after receipt of notice to proceed and before any materials
or equipment are purchased, the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a complete
schedule, in triplicate, of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work, together with
the names and addresses of the manufacturers and their catalogue cuts, diagrams, drawings, and
such other descriptive data as may be required by the Engineer. No consideration will be given to
partial lists submitted from time to time. Approval of materials and equipment with deviations
from the specifications shall not be construed as approval of the deviations unless they are
specifically brought to the notice of the Engineer. Laboratory results and certifications, specified or
otherwise required, shall be submitted prior to delivery of the material and equipment to site.
4.5 INSTALLATION
4.5.1 Handling
Pipe and accessories shall be handled in such a manner as to ensure their delivery to the trench in
sound, un-damaged condition. If any pipe or fitting is damaged, the repair or replacement shall be
made by the Contractor at his expenses in a satisfactory manner. No other pipe or material of any
kind shall be placed inside of a pipe or fittings. Pipe shall be carried into position and not dragged.
The interior of pipe and accessories shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter before being
lowered into the trench and shall be kept clean during laying operations by plugging or other
approved method. Before installation, the pipe shall be inspected for defects. Material found to be
defective before or after laying shall be replaced with sound material without additional expense to
the Employer. Rubber gaskets that are not to be installed immediately shall be stored in a cool dark
place and protected against the direct rays of the sun.
4.5.2 Cutting of Pipe
This shall be done in a neat and workman-like manner without damage to the pipe. Unless otherwise
authorized by the Engineer or recommended by the manufacturer, cutting shall be done with a
mechanical cutter of approved type. Wheel cutters shall be used wherever practicable.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
80
4.5.3 Deflection
Maximum allowable deflections from a straight line or grade, as required by vertical curves,
horizontal curves, or offsets will be as recommended by the manufacturer and as approved by the
Engineer. If the alignment requires deflections in excess of the specified limitations, special bends
or a sufficient number of shorter lengths of pipe shall be furnished to provide angular deflections
within the limit set forth, as approved.
4.5.4 Placing and Laying
Pipe and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench by means of derrick ropes, belt slings,
or other suitable equipment. Under no circumstances shall any of the water line materials be
dropped or dumped into the trench. Care shall be taken to avoid abrasion of the pipe coating.
Poles used as levers shall be of wood and shall have broad flat faces to prevent damage to the pipe.
Except where necessary in making connections with other lines or authorized by the Engineer, pipe
shall be laid with the bells facing in the direction of laying. The full length of each section of pipe
shall rest solidly upon the pipe bed, with recesses excavated to accommodate bell coupling and
joints. Pipe that has the grade or the joint disturbed after laying shall be taken out and re-laid. Pipe
shall not be laid in water shall be kept out of the trench until the materials in the joints have
hardened or until chalking or jaunting is completed. When work is not in progress, open ends of
pipe, fittings, and valves shall be securely closed so that no trench water, earth, or other substances
will enter the pipes or fittings. Where any part of a coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be
made by the Contractor at his own expense in a satisfactory manner. D.I pipes shall be installed in
accordance with recommendations of the pipe manufacturer. Pipe ends left for future connections
shall be provided with valve, plugged or capped, and anchored, as shown or as directed, where
connections shall be made by using specials and fittings to suit the actual conditions.
4.5.5 Jointing
• The joints shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer or as
approved by the Engineer.
• Connections between different types of pipes and accessories shall be made with transition
fittings where recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
• Service connections shall be made as indicated and in accordance with the recommendations
of the pipe manufacturer.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
81
5 CONSTRUCTION OF TUBE WELLS
5.1 SCOPE
The work covered by this Section of the Specification shall consist of all plant, labour, equipment,
appliances, materials etc. as necessary for the well drilling, installation of materials, well
completion, development, testing and miscellaneous work required for the satisfactory completion
of all work involved with the construction of tube wells for water supply system.
5.2 GROUND WATER INVESTIGATION
5.2.1 Electrical Resistivity Survey
The electric resistivity survey shall be conducted using vertical electric soundings by Schlumberger
four electrode configurations or any other method/equipment approved by the engineer to
determine the lithology and the ground water quality of the aquifer up to a depth of 800ft and as
instructed by the engineer. The total numbers of probes proposed to be conducted within the
Specified Area are 10 up to depth of 1000 feet or as per instructions of the engineer at the locations
marked on the drawing or indicated by the engineer. The number of probes and their depths may
be increased or decreased by the engineer as per details of the subsoil strata revealed during
investigations. Based on the electric resistivity survey and study of specified surrounding area, the
contractor is required to prepare and submit a detailed report incorporating the following:
True resistivity of different sub-surface layers calculated and interpreted in terms of lithology on
the basis of field geology and ERS.
The VES curves of the sounding stations obtained by plotting the apparent resistivity against
electrode spacing.
Lithology/strata layers, water quality in each stratum (fresh and saline), fractures and other geological
information.
Colored strata charts of sub-soil formations indicating sand, clay, gravel, sand stone, lime stone,
shales and water quality as interpreted from the results of resistivity survey.
Review of results of the resistivity survey work and give recommendations for drilling for tube well
at the probe sites of resistivity survey including assessment of permeability, porosity, transmissibility
and sustainable yield from different strata and different probe locations including continuation of
different subsoil strata and their depths within the specified area.
Providing ground water monitoring equipment for checking depth of ground water table, TDS, TSS,
temperature and PH. All the equipment shall be suitable for field use/operation for tube well
construction and maintenance and product of reputable manufacturer. The depth measuring
equipment shall include calibrated and mounted tape for quick lowering and rewinding with
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
82
suitable insulated wiring and water level indicating devices. All the equipment shall be provided
with manufacturers catalogues and provided in suitable original manufacturer’s packing for use in
field.
5.2.2 DRILLING
5.2.2.1 General
The Contractor shall drill each bore hole for water supply wells at the location established in the
field by the Engineer. The Contractor shall prepare the site for the construction of the tube well and
shall provide for the disposal of water, cuttings and refuse from his operations away from the tube
well.
5.2.2.2 Drilling Procedure
The bore hole shall be drilled by the reverse circulation rotary method with a minimum drill bit
diameter of 6 inches (150m m ) as per project requirement mentioned in Bill of Quantities. The
contractor at his own risk and with the permission of the engineer may adopt other method of drilling
at locations where sub-surface conditions are such that the reverse circulation rotary method is
not feasible or suitable in which case the contractor shall not be entitled to any extra claim. Each
bore hole shall be drilled to the depth specified by the Engineer. It is anticipated that the depth of
tube wells will vary; however, no minimum depth for any individual tube well or average depth for
all tube wells is guaranteed. The bore holes shall be drilled sufficiently straight and plumb so that
the pump and tube well casing may be installed concentric with the hole and within the tolerance
specified for plumpness of the casing. Waste materials from the drilling operation shall be disposed
of in a manner approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the tube wells from contamination by foreign
material until the completion of the tube well. The Contractor shall bear any expense that may result
from damage to any tube well, tools, or equipment that may be caused by caving, washing, or other
disturbances within the tube well.
Where necessary to prevent sloughing and caving of surface material, the Contractor shall furnish
and install a conductor casing with a minimum diameter
2 inches (50 mm) greater than the bit diameter not less than 6 inches (150 mm) above the ground
surface up to a sufficient depth to encounter firm material. The conductor casing shall be new or
used pipe of adequate strength for the purpose. After the drilling is completed, the conductor
casing shall be removed by the Contractor and shall remain his property.
If unstable material is encountered during drilling, the Contractor shall stabilize the material in a
manner approved by the Engineer. The use of drilling fluid additives or other suitable materials
specially approved by the Engineer may be employed in stabilizing the bore hole. All temporary
casing shall be removed by the contractor in 5 to 10 feet (1.50 to 3 meter) stages as ground
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
83
shrouding is placed. If in the opinion of the Engineer, it is necessary to discontinue work on any
bore hole because it is out of line more than the amount specified or on account of jammed tools,
caving ground, or because of negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall drill
another bore hole at an alternative location designated by the Engineer. The Contractor will not be
entitled to payment for any work done or materials furnished for bore holes abandoned as a result
of his operation or negligence.
5.2.2.3 Data and Records
The Contractor shall keep an accurate drilling log of each bore hole including a description of all
materials encountered and their location in the bore hole. The fact that the Engineer or his
representative may be present and keeping a separate record shall not release the Contractor from
this responsibility.
In the case of defective or incomplete records the Contractor shall complete the records at his own
expense. All records and data shall be kept by the Contractor on forms approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer the original of all records.
5.2.2.4 Sampling
Representative ditch samples or cuttings of the material penetrated shall be taken at every 5 feet
(1.50 m) interval or at each change in lithology encountered whichever is less of the bore hole.
Special care shall be exercised to determine the thickness and location of each change in material
encountered and to obtain satisfactory samples. Immediately upon taking each sample, the sample
shall be placed in a plastic or cloth bag, partitioned wooden box or other approved container,
properly marked for identification, and plainly labeled with the depth of the top and bottom of the
section of the bore hole represented. The containers shall be furnished by the Contractor. The
method of obtaining, processing, and storing the samples will be subject to approval by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall deliver all samples to the Engineer at the site of the tube wells, except that
when requested to do so by the Engineer, the Contractor shall deliver specified samples to the
Engineer's field headquarters.
5.3 INSTALLATION OF WELL CASING
5.3.1 General
Installation of casing shall consist of all work required in connection with the installation of casing
pipe, comprising mild steel housing pipe, blind pipe, reducer, sand trap and brass screen required
for each tube well as specified herein or on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer and shall
include, but not be limited to storing, fabricating and installing all pump housing and tube well
casing including concentric reducers.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
84
5.3.2 Materials
5.3.3 Casing Pipe
Casing pipe shall be of PVC material of designated diameters and wall thickness indicated in the
drawings or BOQ.
5.3.4 Pump Housing Pipe
Pump Housing Pipe shall be of mild steel of designated diameters and wall thickness indicated in
the drawings or BOQ. The pipes shall be made from steel plates conforming to ASTM Specifications
A-53/79.
The pipes shall have beveled ends. The pipe shall be furnished in standard lengths of 16 ft. (5 m)
and shall be painted outside with antirust chemical. All pipes shall be free from dents, injuries, scars
and ovalties.
The housing pipe shall be installed to extend a minimum 3 feet (1.0 m) above ground level in
addition to the housing as specified by the final design below ground level.
5.3.5 Blind Pipe
Blind Pipe shall be of PVC of designated diameters and wall thickness 6mm or as indicated in the
drawings or BOQ. The pipes shall be made from steel plates conforming to ASTM Specifications A-
53/79.
5.3.6 Reducer
For connecting M.S. housing pipe and well blind pipe at depths below ground level a transitional
reducer shall be provided and made of the same material and of the same thickness as used for
well casing specified above. The ends of the reducer shall be suitable for welding to the pump
housing and well blind pipe.
5.3.7 Bail Plug
Bail Plug shall be of the Fiber Glass material and thickness as followed for well casing. Bail Plug
shall be provided with a base plate, welded at one end of the pipe. A steel hook bent in the form of
'U' shall be bolted to the base plate to sustain a maximum suspended length of 560 ft. (170 m) of
well casing. Bail Plug shall be of 10 inches (250 mm) dia and 10 feet (3000 mm) long in sizes or as
indicated in the drawing.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
85
5.3.8 Well Screen / Strainer
Well screen / strainer shall be of Fiber Glass or as mentioned in drawings suitable for gravel pack
tube well. The strainer shall have minimum open area of 10 percent, minimum wall thickness of
0.25 inch (6 mm) and slot size of 0.04 inch (1mm). The slots shall be of a shape that produces an
opening of a 'V' form, narrow on the outside and wide on the inside. The openings shall be free
from jagged edges, irregularities or anything that will accelerate or contribute to clogging or
corrosion of the screen.
5.3.9 Fabrication
The depth of pump housing casing will be established by the Engineer for each tube well depending
on the future water levels and draw down anticipated. Lengths of the specified diameter of steel
casing shall be provided to extend the pump housing casing from the elevation of the top of the
pump housing casing to the depth established by the Engineer.
Adjoining sections of pump housing casing shall be assembled by field welding. The ends of the
casing sections shall be lathe turned or otherwise prepared for jointing. All field welding shall be
performed by the electric arc method, using heavily coated welding rods suitable for all-position
welding. After being welded, the welds shall be cleaned of slag and shall show uniform smooth
sections, feather edges without overlap, and from porosity and clinkers. The pump housing casing
shall be connected to the tube well casing by means of a concentric tapered reducer having a
minimum length of 24 inches (600 mm).
The length and sizes of tube well casing to be installed shall be specified for each tube well by the
Engineer and shall be sufficient to extend from the bottom of the housing casing to the bottom of
the tube well. The bottom of the tube well casing shall be provided with bail plug as shown on the
drawings.
The tube well casing shall consist of slotted sections for installation opposite water yielding
formations and plain pipe sections or bail plug opposite non-water yielding formations as directed
by the Engineer
5.3.10 Installation
The Contractor shall install the entire pump housing and tube well casing assembly straight, plumb,
and concentric in the drilled hole to permit the installation of the pump in such a manner that it will
operate satisfactorily and without damage. The methods employed by the Contractor in the
installation of the casing and in obtaining or correcting the verticality and straightness of the pump
housing casing shall be subjected to the approval of the Engineer.
Centralizers, spacers or other suitable devices shall be attached to the tube well casing so that it will
be centered in the drill hole throughout its entire length and held in such position while gravel
shrouding is being placed. Centralizers shall be attached to the pipe in a manner that ensures that
the pipe is accurately centered in the drill hole. The detail design of centralizers and the method of
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
86
attachment to the pipe shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise directed
centralizers shall be spaced at 9000 mm along the overall length of screen and casing assembly.
The Contractor shall install the pump casing so that the deviation of its axis from the vertical shall
not exceed 4 inches (100 mm) at the bottom of the pump housing casing. Measurements for
determination of verticality and straightness of the pump housing casing shall be made by the
Contractor in the presence of the Engineer upon completion of the gravel shrouding.
Measurements for determining the deviation of the pump housing casing from the vertical shall be
made by the use of a circular plumb having a minimum outside diameter of 1 inch (25 mm) less
than the inside diameter of the pump housing casing. The plumb shall have vertically and shall be
suspended in the center of the pump housing casing from a point 10 ft. (3.0 m) above the top of the
casing. When the plumb is lowered to the bottom of the pump housing casing, the line from which
the plumb is suspended shall not deviate from the center of the pump housing casing at the top by
more than corresponding to a deviation of the plumb
4 inches (100 mm) at the bottom of the pump housing casing. All deviations shall refer to a vertical
line passing through the center of the pump housing casing to the top of the pump housing casing.
Straightness shall be determined by lowering a section of pipe 40 ft. (12 m) long or a dummy of the
same length to the bottom of the pump housing casing. The minimum diameter of the pipe or
dummy shall be 1 inch (25 mm) less than the inside diameter of the pump housing casing. If a
dummy is used, it shall consist of a rigid spindle with three cylindrical rings, each ring having a
height of at least 12 inches (300 mm). The rings shall be true cylinders and shall be located at each
end and in the center of the dummy. The central shaft of the dummy shall be rigid so that it will
maintain the alignment of the axis of the cylindrical rings. The pump housing casing shall be
sufficiently straight so the pipe or dummy can be passed freely throughout the entire length of
the pump housing casing. Plumbs, pipes and dummies used in these tests shall be approved by the
Engineer.
Any tube well failing to meet the specified requirements for straightness, verticality and concentricity
shall be abandoned, and the Contractor shall construct a new well at his own expense at an
alternative site designated by the Engineer.
After completion of installation of the pump housing casing and approval of the installation by the
Engineer, the Contractor shall paint the letter and number designation of the tube well on that
portion of the pump housing casing which projects above the ground surface. All paint, brushes,
stencils and other materials required shall be furnished by the Contractor. The characters shall not
be less than 6 inches (150 mm) shall be painted with lines 1 inch (25 mm) wide, and shall be
positioned on the casing in accordance with the Engineer's instructions.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
87
5.3.11 Gravel Makeup Pipe
3 inch (75 mm) diameter galvanized iron (G.I) gravel makeup tremie pipe with capped upper end
shall be attached to the upper pump house casing to extend from 3 feet (1.0 m) above ground level
to penetrate the full length of the upper grout seal. The tremie pipe shall be attached to the pump
house casing by means of welded straps spaced no less than to provide four support straps spaced
over the length of the pipe. Support shall be sufficient to hold the pipe in place until placement of
the upper grouted seal has been completed. The configuration shall be in accordance with the
drawings and the pipe shall be located so as to be at 90 degrees to the direction of the pump
outlet.
5.4 GRAVEL SHROUDING
5.4.1 General
Gravel shrouding shall consist of all work required in connection with supply and placing of gravel
shrouding in annular space between the walls of the drilled hole and the outside of the pump
casing. The work shall include, but not limited to development of source, excavation, stock piling,
grading, washing, storing, transporting and placing of gravel shrouding as specified herein or as
directed by the Engineer.
5.4.2 Gravel Source
The Contractor may obtain gravel from any source or location subject to the approval of the Engineer
provided that the gravel meets the requirements of the specifications. The Employer will not be
responsible for the amount of work involved or the amount of materials wastage in order to obtain
the required amount of gravel of proper gradation.
5.4.3 Specifications
The gravel shrouding shall be clean, washed, water worn, hard, well rounded of siliceous material
and without platy particles free from gypsum shale under no circumstances shall contain > 5%
calcareous material. The gravel supplied shall be subject to inspection and screening in the field to
ensure proper gradation suitable to the formation. The gravel shall be reasonably graded and shall
conform to the following requirements:
TYPICAL GRADING
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Standard Percentage
Screen Number Passing
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
88
3/8 inch 100
No.4 75 100
No.8 35 65
No.14 05 30
No.16 00 15
No.35 00 0
5.4.4 Placing of Gravel
Gravel shall be placed at constant rate using tremie pipe, hoppers or other similar devices to
provide a continuous and uniform gravel flow so as to minimise segregation of particle sizes. When
tremie pipe or hoppers are used, gravel shall be introduced in the annular space between the
pump-housing and the edge of the hole at two points located 180apart. The tremie pipe, when
used, shall be of suitable size and lowered to the bottom of the well on two opposite sides of the
bore hole and calculated quantity of gravel shall be poured in the pipe through a funnel and the
pipe shall be raised by 6 ft. (1.85 m) interval. In all cases water shall be circulated steadily during
gravel placement by inserting the drilling rod into pump housing and operating the circulation
pump on the drilling rig. The water level in the annular space outside the pump housing shall be
maintained at or above natural ground surface level by return flow from the cutting bit.
Temporary casing, if used, shall be carefully withdrawn in 6 to 10 ft. (1.82
to 3.0 m) interval during placement of gravel shrouding and the gravel shall be introduced so that
each stage of the hole above bottom of the casing is completely filled before the casing is withdrawn
to the next stage. The process of withdrawing the temporary casing shall be continued until the
bottom of temporary casing is at least 10 ft. (3 m) above the top of the top most screen. Above this
point the temporary casing shall be removed.
5.5 GROUTING OF PUMP HOUSING CASING
5.5.1 General
Grouting of pump housing casing shall cover providing all equipment, labour and doing all work
required to seal the annular space between the pump housing casing and the bore hole face by the
introduction of grout as specified herein and on the Drawings according to procedures approved by
the Engineer.
5.5.2 Material
The grouting operation shall be done with 1:1 cement sand mortar. Cement and sand shall conform
to the requirements of Section "CONCRETE".
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
89
5.5.3 Placement of Grouting
The grout may be placed by either the trimmie method or by being pumped into place provided
that both the method and the type of grout is approved by the Engineer prior to the start of the
operation.
If the trimmie method is selected and approved the grout material shall be placed by trimmie
pouring, (after water or other drilling fluid has been circulated in the annular space sufficient to clear
obstructions). The trimmie method shall be used where there is a minimum annular space of 3 inches
(75 mm) only between the upside surface of the inside casing and the inside surface of either
the external casing or the borehole. The minimum size trimmie pipe utilized shall be 2 inches (50
mm) inside diameter. Where concrete grout is used the minimum size trimmie pipe used shall be
3 inches (75 mm) inside diameter. When making a trimmie pour, the trimmie pipe shall be
lowered to the bottom of the zone being grouted and raised slowly as the grout material is
introduced. The trimmie pipe shall be kept full continuously from start to finish of the grouting
procedure, with the discharge end of the trimmie pipe being continuously submerged in the grout
until the zone to be grouted is completely filled. The minimum curing time before construction may
be resumed is 72 hours. If the method of grout placement selected and approved is to be by pumping,
the grout shall be injected (after water or other drilling fluid has been circulated in the annular
space sufficient to clear obstructions) in the annular space between the inner casing and either
the outer casing or the borehole. The annular space must be a minimum of 1½ inches (38 mm)
for sand and cement of neat cement grout, and not less than three times the size of the largest
coarse aggregate used. The grout pipe shall extend from the surface to the bottom of the zone to
be grouted. The grout pipe shall have a minimum inside diameter of 1 inch (25 mm) for sand
cement of neat cement grout. It shall have a minimum diameter of 1½ inches (38 mm) for concrete
grout.
Grout shall be placed, from bottom to top, in one continuous operation. The grout pipe may be slowly
raised as the grout is placed but the discharge end of the grout pipe must be submerged in the
emplaced grout at all times until grouting is completed. The grout pipe shall be maintained full, to
the surface, at all times until the completion of the grouting of the entire specified zone. In the
event of interruption in the grouting operation, the bottom of the pipe should be raised above the
grout level and should not be re-submerged until all air and water have been displaced from the
grout pipe and the pipe flushed clear water. Curing time before construction may be resumed is
minimum of 72 hours.
5.6 DEVELOPMENT AND TESTING
5.6.1 General
Development and testing shall consist of all work required in connection with the development of
tube well to produce the maximum safe and dependable capacity of sand-free water with a minimum
draw down, and the testing of the tube well to determine the effectiveness of' the
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
90
development operations as specified herein or as directed by the Engineer. Development, by airlift,
water jetting or by over pumping, and testing, shall include, but not be limited to, surging, back-
washing, jetting and pumping the tube well at higher than the rated capacity, testing the tube well
for specific capacity and sand content, and capping of the tube well, Development and tests shall
be completed within one month of drilling.
Well depth shall be sounded and recorded before commencement of development works and on
completion of the testing and at other times specified herein or as directed by the Engineer.
5.6.2 Development
The development procedures and methods used for the Tube Well shall include the air lift and
water jetting methods and pumping and back washing or similar procedures as directed and
approved by the Engineer. These operations will be witnessed by the Engineer's Representative
from their initiation to their completion. The Contractor shall maintain a complete record of the
development operation with the help of a qualified person and shall make regular periodic
measurements of discharge rates, sand content, water level and TDS. The development is required
up to stage that the acceptable yield of water is free from sand and silt.
Initial development of Tube Well shall be performed in three stages, water jetting, air lift and
pumping, or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer.
The details for the various stages are given below:
Development by water jetting method
i). The jetting Equipment to be provided and techniques adopted by the Contractor shall be
adequate to undertake high velocity washing of Tube Well.
ii). The Equipment shall include all necessary jetting tool together with a high pressure pump
and necessary hose and piping which in combination shall be capable of sustaining 200 psi
pressure at jetting nozzles. The diameter of the drop pipe shall be such to minimize friction
loss in the jetting operation and ensure adequate delivery. A metal tank shall be provided
for surface storage of the fresh, clear water required for use in jelling.
iii). The jetting operation shall be conducted in two phases both of which shall involve jetting of
the entire screened length in small increments starting with the uppermost screened section
and continuing to the lowermost screened section.
Prior to the first phase the tube well shall be washed with clean water to thin out any remaining
mud.
In the first phase, jetting operations will be directed to high velocity washing of the screened
sections.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
91
During the second phase, the jetting water shall be mixed with an appropriate mud dispersant such
as calcium hex metaphosphate or other similar approved chemical. Dispersants shall be mixed to
concentrations recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.
During all jetting operations, the jelling tool shall be constantly rotated while it is being raised and
lowered within an individual screened section to ensure that all portions of the zone to be washed
are exposed to the jets.
Pumping or air lifting shall be undertaken as a simultaneous operation with jetting'. The pump or
air lift discharge from the well shall be at a rate greater than the flow being jetted into the gravel
pack and formation so as to create a small net movement of water through the screen into the
well.
iv). Any debris that accumulates in the well during jetting shall be removed by bailing. At the
end of the jetting phase the tube well shall be allowed to stand with a column of jetting
water and dispersant for a period of 12 to 24 hours prior to clearance pumping by airlift as
described below.
Developments by air lift method
i). The air lift development tool shall be as per site requirements and shall be subjected to the approval of the engineer.
ii). The pipe line shall be of I inch diameter;
iii). The compressor shall be capable of delivering not less than 200 cu ft per minute of' air at a maximum pressure of' 125 psi, unless otherwise allowed by tile Engineer;
iv). The air lift tool shall be assembled and lowered towards the bottom of the well, the water being gently discharged (during lowering in order to settle gravel in the annulus). An accurate pipe position shall be kept in order to confirm the tool's position opposite the screen. On reaching the lowest screened portion, the tools shall be operated in the prescribed manner or other method approved by the Engineer until the desired results are achieved prior to lifting the tool by a length equal to the distance between isolators, or into the next tipper screen section, where the operation shall be repeated;
v). Air lift tool operation shall consist of adjusting the airline position and airflow to maximize discharge from any section. After maintaining discharge for a few minutes the discharge valve shall be rapidly closed and opened in sequence to achieve several flow reversals in the treated length without venting excess air to the gravel shrouding. Following such a sequence, the maximum continuous discharge shall be maintained until the discharge is effectively sand-free. The whole operation of flow reversal, followed by maximized discharge, shall be repeated until the discharge is sand-free to the Engineer's satisfaction. Throttling of the compressor airflow may be required for these operations. The contractor shall make assessment of discharge capacity of the tube well through measurement of flow of water at short intervals.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
92
vi). After the development of the entire screen length, the well shall be sounded. If any material has accumulated at the bottom, it shall be removed with an approved device.
Development by pumping method
i). The development by airlift shall be followed by pumping and back-washing of the tube well for four hours (minimum) with a vertical turbine pump subject to approval by the Engineer. The pumping shall be done in steps at rates of 35, 70,105 & 140 percent of the assessed discharge capacity. The flow shall be measured at short interval of time along with draw down. At each step the pumping shall be interrupted at 10 minutes intervals to produce a surging effect and shall continue until the sand content specifications are met. The Contractor may notify the Engineer at any time following the completion of the initial development that the tube well is ready for testing.
ii). The Contractor may choose to cease initial development after four hours provided he recognizes his responsibility for meeting the sand tests except that initial development shall be continued so long as sand contents of 30 ppm can be measured within five minutes of restarting discharge. If these criteria cannot be met within 12 hours of pump development the airlift development process shall be repeated.
5.6.3 Testing
i). The Contractor shall test the tube well for well yield, draw down and specific capacity, under the Engineer's direction as described herein. Upon completion of the initial development operations, the tube well shall be permitted to recover for a minimum period of one hour. The rate of recovery shall be recorded.
During this recovery period, the tube well shall be sounded. If the comparison of the depth
by sounding and the length of the casing string indicate that there is foreign material in the
tube well, it shall be cleaned to the Engineer's satisfaction.
ii). Following the recovery period, the tube well shall be pumped at 150 percent of assessed capacity for a period of one hour after which the initial specific capacity of the well shall be determined from the measurement of water level and flow at the end of the period along with draw down. The water pumped shall, at all times, be free of turbidity. Within the first 30 seconds of the pumping and again after 2 minutes, the sand content of the water shall be determined by using a 1000 milliliter Imhof cone or by a centrifugal sand sampler (to be approved by the Engineer). Determination shall also be made 5 minutes after the start of pumping and sand content at this time shall be traces/clear. A further determination shall be made 10 minutes after the start of pumping and the water shall be free of sand at this time and at all subsequent intervals. If these sand content tolerances are exceeded at any time up to final acceptance of the installation, while pumping at the rate of 150 percent the initial development of the tube well shall be considered incomplete and the Contractor shall resume initial development by pumping at his own expense until such time as the sand content tolerances are met. If the sand content tolerance cannot be met within the first 24 hours of pump development the airlift development process shall be repeated. Sand content determination, water level, electrical conductivity and discharge measurements during the whole one-hour sand test period shall be made at intervals of 15
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
93
minutes or as directed by the Engineer. The contractor shall continue to measure the draw down and check TDS at all intervals of development and testing and maintain record for incorporating in the report.
5.6.4 Final Development
When the sand test has been satisfactorily completed, the tube well shall be finally developed for 3
hours at 150 percent of the rated capacity by surging and back-washing with the test pump at five
to ten minute intervals. Following the development period, the tube well shall again be pumped for
a period of one hour at 150 percent of design capacity, during which time the sand test shall be
repeated. A second specific capacity value shall be determined from the measurement of water
level and flow at the end of the pumping period. If the specific capacity obtained from either this
second pump test or any subsequent constant discharge test is found to be more than 10 percent
greater or less than that obtained in the first pump test, the development shall be considered to be
incomplete and the Contractor shall resume development, at his own expense, until the tube well is
developed sufficiently to meet this requirement. In the case of specific capacity reduction, re-
development with air lift shall be adopted. Measurement for TDS, draw down and silt contents shall
be done during all stages and record maintained.
5.6.5 Step Test
Upon satisfactory completion of the repeat sand test, the tube well shall be permitted to recover
for a minimum period of two hours. During this recovery period, the tube well shall be sounded. If
the comparison of the depth by sounding and the length of the casing string indicate that there is
foreign material in the tube well, it shall be cleaned to the Engineer's satisfaction.
Upon the completion of this recovery period, a four-hour multiple step tests shall be performed by
pumping the tube well for one hour at each of four equal time increments. The first and last step
shall be respectively at 35 percent and 110 percent of rated capacity. Following this last increment
of the step test, the tube well shall be pumped at the same rate for a further period of four hours.
At the end of this test, a final specific capacity value shall be determined from the measurement of
water level and flow including measurement and recording of TDS, draw down and silt contents.
On completion of the test program the tube well shall again be sounded. If the comparison of the
depth by sounding and the length of the casing string indicate that there is foreign material in the
tube well, it shall be cleaned to the Engineer's satisfaction.
5.6.6 Development & Testing Summary
The following is a summary of the standard development and testing procedure:
i). Development by water jetting followed by airlift development tool as directed by the Engineer.
Sounding of well depth and removal of any accumulated material
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
94
ii). Development by pumping : 4 hours (minimum)
iii). Testing:
Recovery 1 hour (minimum)
Sounding of well depth and removal of any accumulated material.
Pumping at I50% of rated capacity
(sand test) 1 hour
Measurement of initial specific capacity.
Pumping at 150% of rated
Capacity (re-development). 3 hours
Pumping at 150% of rated
Capacity (repeat sand test). 1 hour
Measurement of, second specific
Capacity.
Recovery 2 hours (minimum)
Sounding of well depth and removal of any accumulated material.
Pumping (step -test). 4 hours (one hour each at 35%,
70%, 105%, and 140% of' rated
capacity)
Pumping al 140% of rated capacity
(Constant discharge test). 4 hours
Measurement of final specific capacity.
Recovery test 2 hours (Minimum)
Sounding of well depth and removal of any accumulated material.
Measurements shall be done at all stages for TDS, draw down and silt contents and record
maintained and incorporated in the report of tube well.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
95
5.6.7 Equipment
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary Equipment, machinery, tools, material labor and staff
required for testing the tube well, including a water lubricated pump set, diesel electric generator
with all required machinery, equipment’s, accessories. Tools, fuel oil lubricants and materials for
developing and testing capable of delivering at 150 percent of the tube well rated capacity at all
stages of the tests, a valve for the adjustment of the discharges, an electric water level measuring
device, a discharge measuring device, conductivity meters for determining water quality and Imhof
cones or centrifugal sand tester to measure sand content. The actual depth of setting of the test
pump will be the maximum possible in each case. Piping, gauges, orifice plates, meters, weir boxes
or other measuring devices shall remain the Contractor's property. All measuring devices and testing
Equipment will be subject to approval by the Engineer.
5.6.8 Development & Testing Records
The Contractor shall record on suitable forms approved by the Engineer, sand content , conductivity,
draw down, discharge measurements, sounding depths and other pertinent data during each test
at intervals specified by the Engineer. This record shall be prepared and maintained for tube well
and incorporated in the contractor’s report on construction of tube well. The original of such forms
shall be delivered to the Engineer at the completion of the development and testing operation and
within the time period stated in the Contract Data.
Well Disinfections & Water Quality Testing
Within 3 days of satisfactory completion of testing the Contractor shall disinfect the well. Before
commencement of disinfections, the Contractor shall ensure that all Equipment to be used for
disinfections are free of all oil, grease, soil and other materials, which could harbor and protect
bacteria.
Chlorine compounds in either dry (calcium hypo chlorite) or liquid (sodium hypo chlorite) form may
be used as the disinfectant. The disinfectant shall be delivered to the site in original closed containers
which shall bear an original label indicating the percentage of available chlorine. Chlorine compounds
in dry form shall not be stored for more than one year and storage of liquid compounds shall not
exceed 60 clays. Disinfectants must not be stored in direct sunlight.
Disinfections shall be carried out by placing a chlorine solution in the well so that a concentration of
available chlorine of at least 100 mg/1 exists in all parts of the well under static conditions.
The Contractor shall apply the disinfectant uniformly throughout the well without relying on
mechanical means for dispersion of the disinfectant and shall then agitate the solution by use of a
bailer or surge block for one hour. All surfaces of the well above the static \valor level shall be
saturated with disinfectant solution for a period of not less than 24 hours.
The Contractor shall with the prior approval of the Engineer make all necessary arrangements with
a competent public health laboratory for sampling and analysis of tube-wells water under a range
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
96
of chemical and bacteriological parameters. The results of' the sampling and analyses shall be
compiled for each tube well and incorporated in the report on drilling bore hole and construction of
tube well by the contractor.
5.6.9 PIEZOMETER
After completion of tube well construction at site of borehole, two piezometers of 10” diameter
shall be installed for constructed tube well at a distance of 100 & 200 feet from the tube well-
constructed. The method of boring and installation of pipe and shrouding shall be same as for the
tube well except that sampling of strata and testing of yield will not be required except otherwise
required by the engineer. Cleaning of piezometers will also be required to carry out by the contractor
through air compressor of adequate capacity. The bore hole shall be 10” diameter while a 4” size of
casing and strainer will be installed with gravel shrouding. The depth of piezometers shall be up
to 200 ft depth and as per approval of the Engineer
5.6.10 Sealing of the Well
Upon completion of the tube well the Contractor shall seal the tube well with a ¼ inch (6 mm) thick
steel plate cap welded to the pump housing at few points using Arc welding, or by some other
method approved by the Engineer. Compliance with this requirement will not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility for the safeguarding of any part of the tube well completed until the
Certificate of Acceptance is issued for the entire tube well installation.
5.6.11 Hypo chlorinator Pump
Hypo chlorinator (Chemical Material Pump) Capacity: 0.30 gallons/day = 113.5 Litre/day of sodium
hypochlorite or calcium hypochlorite solution, Max. Viscosity 300 Cp, at 100 Psi max injection
pressure fitted with 1/60 HP Air cooled heavy duty electrical motor 220V, 50Hz, single phase AC thru
life time lubricated sealed, Self-maintaining gear train with following accessories,
01- Bleed Valve Assembly
04-Suction Tubing
08-Discharge tubing
01-Foot valve strainer assembly with weight
01-Back check valve assembly
01-0perational
5.6.12 Turbine Pump
Vertical deep well turbine pump of 4 Cusec discharge at dynamic head 200 ft (60m) with 10"column
pipe total 110ft length bowl assembly with 4 stage with pump shaft in stainless steel material.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
97
Complete and AC electric VHS motor 150 BHP 1450 RPM with motor control unit with all accessories
like discharge head, butterfly valves, NRV, star delta starter 50, Circuit Breaker metallic board (3x4)
iron clad three phase main switch 500volt phase indicator. Volt meter, ampere meter kit kat fuse
i/c tool lit etc. complete in all respect as desired by the Engineer in-charge.
5.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement and payment of all items described in this chapter will be paid in accordance with
BOQ items.
6 TUBE WELL PUMPING FACILITIES
6.1 SCOPE
The work shall consist of furnishing, installing and commissioning deep well turbine pumps involving
all mechanical and electrical works and construction of pump houses in accordance with these
specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, and dimensions shown
on the plans or established by the Engineer.
6.2 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Materials and construction requirements shall confirm all Civil, Mechanical and Electrical Works.
Depending upon the strata, it is likely that the design of tube well will require certain changes in the
deep well turbine pumps. Under such a deviation from the provisional design shown on the Drawings,
capacity of motor (below or excess of the specified) shall form the basis for measurement and
payment of such a deviation.
The installation, testing and commissioning of turbine pumps shall be strictly in accordance with
the instructions of the manufacturer of such machinery.
6.3 CIVIL WORKS
Building for the pump house, fences and gates shall be constructed in accordance with the relevant
specifications and Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
98
6.4 MECHANICAL WORKS
6.4.1 General
The work shall consist of providing, installing & commissioning pumps, motors and accessories,
furnishing all plant, labour, equipment, appliances and materials, and of performing all operations
in connection with mechanical works in strict accordance with this section of the specifications and
the applicable drawings and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. Equipment damaged
by the Contractor during the course of installation shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor
at his own expense.
6.4.2 Approval of Materials and Equipment
As soon as practicable and within 30 days after receipt of notice to proceed and before any material
or equipment is purchased, the Contractor shall submit for approval by the Engineer a complete
schedule, in triplicate, with the names and addresses of the manufacturers and their catalogue
cuts, diagrams, drawings and such other descriptive data as may be required by the Engineer.
No consideration will be given to partial lists submitted from time to time. Approval of materials
and equipment’s under this provision shall not be considered as authorized, any deviation from the
specifications unless the attention of the Engineer has been directed to the specific deviations.
6.4.3 Material and Equipment
Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective specifications and other requirements
specified hereinafter and shall be new and unused.
6.4.3.1 Water Pumps
Pumps shall be of the open line shaft water lubricated vertical turbine type for installation and
operation in tube wells and shall be suitable for use with vertical, hollow-shaft, squirrel cage,
induction type motors. All pumps shall consist of pump bowl assembly, column pipe, line shaft and
surface discharge head assembly, including water pre-lubrication system as required and all other
parts and appurtenances to provide a complete operating pump in accordance with these
specifications.
6.4.3.2 Manufacture
The pumps shall be manufactured to meet the characteristics specified in drawing:
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
99
6.4.3.3 Quality Control Tests
The manufacturer shall perform all the quality control tests as specified hereafter and all test results and
anticipated field performance curves shall be submitted, in triplicate, to the Engineer.
i. Standard Running Test
The pump bowl assembly shall be operated from zero capacity to the maximum capacity shown on the
performance curve submitted with the manufacturer's bid. Readings shall be taken at a minimum of 5
capacity points, including one point within + 2% of design capacity specified. The pump shall be operated
at a speed within + 5% of the design speed.
ii. Capacity Measurement Test
The capacity of the pump shall be measured by means of a standard venturi tube, nozzle orifice plate or
pilot tube traverse.
iii. Head Measurement Test
For head measurement in excess of 36 ft. (10.9 m) calibrated bourdon or other gauges with equivalent
accuracy and reliability shall be used. All gauges shall be calibrated before and after each series of tests.
iv. Test for Velocity
The average velocity in the pump column used to determine the velocity head shall be calculated from
dimensions obtained by actual measurement of the pipe and shaft or enclosing tube diameter and the
velocity head shall be obtained from actual measurement of the inside diameter of the discharge pipe
at the point where the pressure tap is located.
v. Horsepower Input Test
The power input to the pump shall be determined with vertical dynamometer or a calibrated electric
motor. Calibrated laboratory type electric motors and transformers shall be used to measure the power
input to all motors.
vi. Measurement of Speed
The rotating speed of the pump shall be obtained by a hand counter, electronic computer or a counting
slip.
vii. Hydrostatic Test
A standard hydrostatic test on the pump bowl assembly shall be made at 1.5 times the shutoff head
developed by the pump bowl assembly or at twice the rated head, whichever is greater.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
100
6.4.3.4 Motor - Control
The motor controls for each motor shall consist of motor starter and control switches with all necessary
components for a complete installation. Each motor control shall be suitable for controlling and
protecting 400 volts, 3-phase,
50 cycle electric motor. Motor controls shall be furnished in complete accordance with the applicable
provisions of NEMA Standard I CI, entitled "Industrial Controls", shall have a minimum insulation level
for 600-volt class equipment, and shall be designed to provide short circuit protection in all phases and
overload protection in all three phases. The thermal overload relay reset device shall be mounted to be
operatable without the necessity of opening the casing. Each motor control shall be furnished complete
as a unit with all component parts and accessories completely wired to conform to NEMA Class II
construction, Class B wiring. The conductor shall be 600 volt, heat-resistant, thermoplastic insulated
wire suitable for 75oC operating temperature. A weather proof enclosure NEMA Type III with a lockable
outer door shall be provided.
6.4.3.5 Piping
Piping for mechanical equipment shall be accomplished as indicated and shall conform to the relevant
specification section "PIPES, PIPE LAYING AND APPURTENANCES".
Installation
Installation shall include all bolts, nuts, washers, shims, fittings, grout and other materials required for
proper installation of the equipment which are not supplied as part of the equipment. Equipment
damage during the course of installation shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at his own
expense.
6.4.3.6 Pumps and Motors
The Contractor shall carefully clean, assemble, align and install the pumps in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Care shall be taken that all connections are clean and free from burrs
and foreign material so as to ensure tight fit and proper alignment. Connections between adjoining
sections of column pipe and line shaft shall be correctly assembled and tightened to maintain accurate
alignment. A suitable thread lubricant shall be used on all threaded connection to facilitate disassembly
for maintenance. The pumps and motors shall be installed in tube well in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. The surface discharge heads shall be accurately set on the concrete pump
platforms shown on the drawings and shall be aligned with pump housing casing. The surface discharge
heads shall be rigidly connected to the reflux (check) valve and the dresser-type couplings. All the fittings
shall be properly installed as shown on the drawings. In order to ensure the accurate and proper
alignment of the pump, anchor bolts shall set only after the pump has been set and aligned. Anchor bolt
holes may be formed in the concrete platform as the concrete is placed or may be drilled in the concrete
after the concrete has set thoroughly. The anchor bolts shall be minimum 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
101
and minimum
12 inches (300 mm) long with nut and lock washer, and shall be set in the anchor bolts holes with
sufficient extension to permit the full threads of the nuts to be engaged by the anchor bolt. The anchor
bolts shall then be set in cement grout. Where holes are drilled after the concrete has set thoroughly,
expansion bolts or lead expansion anchors may be installed at the option of the contractor in lieu of
grouting anchor bolts. Non-shrink grout shall be placed under the entire surface of the discharge head
to provide proper support for the pump. Non-shrink grout shall conform to the applicable requirements
set forth in the Specifications for concrete.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
102
6.5 LIFTING GEAR (CHAIN PULLY)
The contractor shall supply an overhead mono rail chain pully block suitable for lifting and
transportation of such parts of plant as are necessary for the maintenance and replacement of
whole plant.
6.6 CHLORINATION EQUIPMENT
6.6.1 Chlorinator
Chlorinator shall be of vacuum solution feed, manually set, wall mounted type. Chlorinator shall be
capable of meeting requirements of water flows of
4 cusecs (0.68 cumecs) and delivering upto 1 lb/hr (0.453 Kg/hr) of chlorine gas in solution to give a
maximum dosing rate of 2 ppm. The chlorinator shall be supplied complete with all standard
accessories and complete in all respects to ensure satisfactory operation.
6.6.2 Chlorinator Accessories
The chlorinator should include among its accessories an injector, a water booster pump with electric
controls, a chlorine gas inlet connected via pressure regulating valve, a linear feed rate indicator,
a feed rate adjuster, a pressure relief valve, a drain relief valve, and chlorine pressure gauge.'
6.6.3 Booster Pump
The Contractor shall supply alongwith each chlorinator a water pump for booster water pressure to
meet requirement of the chlorinator. The pumps shall have adequate pumping capacity and to
ensure proper mixing of chlorine and water in the injection assembly of chlorinator. The pumps
shall be electrically driven by single phase motor capable of operation on 220 V, 50 hz. with + 10
percent fluctuation in voltage. The pumps shall be supplied complete with suction and delivery
isolating valves, check valves, pressure gauge and appropriate starters.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
103
6.6.4 Empty Gas Cylinders
The Contractor shall supply with each chlorinator two 150 lb. (68.03 Kg) empty chlorine cylinder
designed and fabricated in accordance with AWWA or A.S.T.M. Specifications or equivalent. The
welded seams shall be fully stress relieved after fabrication. A corrosion allowance of 1/16 inch
(1.58 mm) shall be provided for the design thickness of the cylinders. Material of construction shall
be according to ASTM A-515 Grade 60 or ASTM A-285 Grade C or equivalent.
Cylinder shall be provided with matching outlets corresponding to chlorinator offered under this
Contract. Each cylinder shall also have a protection cap provided along with the cylinder.
6.7 GUARANTEE
Equipment furnished under this section shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from date of
acceptance hereof against defective materials, design, and workmanship. Upon receipt of notice
from the Engineer of failure of any part of the guaranteed equipment during the guarantee period,
new replacement of part or parts shall be furnished promptly by the Contractor at no additional
cost to the Employer.
6.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The Contractor shall furnish 6 copies of an illustrated operation and maintenance manual with each
piece of equipment furnished under this section.
6.9 SPARES AND TOOLS
The Contractor shall furnish common spares such as O- rings, bushing, bearing, other similar items
and special tools for each piece of equipment furnished under this section for its efficient service
for over 1 years period.
6.10 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement and payment of all items described in this chapter will be paid in accordance with
BOQ items.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
104
7 SUPPLY & INSTALLATION OF HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYENE PIPES
7.1 WORK INCLUDED
The work included in this Section consists of manufacture, factory testing and witnessing by the
Employer and or the Engineer and supply and delivery of High Density Polyethylene pipes, fittings,
valves, specials and other pipeline materials and installation as specified here-in.
All pipeline materials shall be supplied by the Contractor, unless otherwise indicated in these
documents or instructed by the Engineer.
All materials and equipment supplied shall be suitable for use under conditions prevailing at the sites
of the Works
7.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. General
In addition to re-submitting all data required in the Tender the Contractor shall submit for approval
detailed shop Drawings together with other required information specified in accordance with the
requirements specified in this Section.
The Contractor shall submit for the Engineer's approval a detailed program for submission of
drawings, manufacture, testing, witnessing and delivery of pipes, couplings, fittings, valves and
other pipe line materials to achieve the completion of the Works within the Contract period. Any
deviations from the program shall be notified to the Engineer, but will not relieve the Contractor of
his obligations under the Contract.
B. Shop Drawing
Shop Drawings, complete with material, grade and class for all pipes, fittings, couplings, joints and
coatings shall be submitted. Detailed catalogue and engineering data sheets shall be submitted for
all components such as flexible couplings, rubber gaskets, and insulating joints.
Shop Drawings for valves and miscellaneous components shall be complete with bill-of-materials
showing kind and class of materials and catalogue and engineering data showing compliance with
the specified requirements. In addition shall submit:
a) Instructions and Certificates for each type and model of valve:
- Assembly instructions and spare parts list
- Preventative / corrective maintenance instructions
- Certificate of seat compatibility with entailed fluid exposure
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
105
b) Erection Drawings including the procedures to be used in setting, supporting, and/ or anchoring the
valves, the fitting of line pipe to the valves for proper coupling and for adjusting and testing all valve
assemblies.
C. Protective Coatings
Protective coatings schedules shall be submitted, showing shop and field surface preparations,
materials, methods of application, dry film thickness and tests for defects, all in conformance with
this Section.
All exposed pipe work shall be provided with a topcoat of blue color paint compatible with the
protective coating unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
7.3 MARKING
Each length of pipe and fitting shall be marked with the following:
Manufacturing standard
Manufacturer’s name
Manufacturing date
Nominal diameter in mm
Inside and outside diameters in mm
Pressure rating in bars
Inspection mark
Coupling "homeline" position on spigot ends
Serial Number
7.3.1 Not More than One Manufacturer
Pipes, couplings, fittings and valves for each component classification shall not be supplied by more
than one manufacturer, except with the Employer's approval.
7.3.2 Test Certificates
All pipes, fittings and valves delivered to the site shall have been tested (referred to hereinafter as
"works test") in accordance with ISO standards or other approved equivalent or better standard.
The Contactor shall furnish the Engineer with the manufacturer's test certificates for each
consignment before each delivery begins.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
106
The Engineer and or the Employer reserves the right to inspect the pipes, couplings, fittings and
valves to be supplied for the works at the place of manufacture and to witness works tests. The
Contractor shall provide the equipment and labour necessary for carrying out the inspection.
7.3.3 Basis of Acceptance
The acceptability of the pipes and fittings will be based on the results of tests carried out at the
manufacturer's plant and or at the Contractor's expense and the result of any independent testing
carried out by the Employer or his agent.
7.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Requirements
Pipes shall be extruded to control the outside diameter, and the sizes of pipes shall be to the metric
convention. The allowed tolerances are in accordance with ISO 11920-1. The tighter specification
on pipe tolerance will reduce any wall mis-match in butt fusion jointing and will allow easier assembly
of socket elector fusion joints on site. The ovality of the outside diameters of the pipes shall be
within the values given in ISO 11920-1.
B. Tensile Properties of Pipe
Tensile samples taken from the wall of PE 100 pipes shall exhibit a minimum failure strain of at least
500%. At a crosshead speed of 50 mm/min., the tensile strength at yield shall be greater than 201
MPa for PE 100 pipes. Tests shall be undertaken at 200C using a sample shape defined in ASTMD
638. Test shall be made with each production run of pipe.
C. Offset Butt Joint Performance
For all pipes with a minimum wall thickness of 10mm and above, one butt fusion joint is to be
prepared with the two pipe axes parallel but offset by 20% of the pipe wall thickness. Jointing is to
be undertaken using the recommended butt fusion jointing parameters. The welded pipe is to be
tested at a pipe hoop stress of 4 MPa at 800C and the lifetime shall be equal to or greater than 500
hours for black pipe. This test is a type test.
D. Jointing of PE Pipes
The Contractor shall employ only manufacturer's certified staff to perform all of the following jointing
techniques to create PE pressure pipe systems. An approved sub-contractor may be used only with
the Engineers approval.
i. To join lengths of straight pipe and incorporate fittings such as bends, equal toes and reduced,
automatic butt fusion jointing procedures shall be used.
ii. To install off-takes from an already installed or a new line and on locations indicated and approved
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
107
by the Engineer, electro fusion fittings shall be used or suitable mechanical fittings as approved by
the Engineer shall be used.
E. Pipe to Pipe Butt Fusion Jointing
The Contractor shall adhere to the following guidelines in respect of butt fusion jointing PE pressure
pipe
iii. Automatic butt fusion jointing shall not be undertaken on PE pipes with a wall thickness below
10mm.
iv. Pipes of the same outside diameter but either different wall thickness or different classes of resins
(i.e PE 80 and PE 100) shall not be butt fusion joined.
v. By using PE 100 pipes made from PE 100 resins, it is feasible to join PE 100 pipes of the same
dimensions but made by different pipe manufacturers using the common welding conditions.
vi. PE pipes made from the very high molecular weight resins (i.e Philips Driscopipe M 8000 Series)
shall not be used.
vii. The Contractor shall use automatic butt fusion machines. The equipment shall employ data storage
and data retrieval to record the conditions used for butt fusion jointing.
viii. The Contractor shall follow automatic butt fusion jointing conditions together with good site
procedures as given in WIS 4-32-08 or as in manufacturer's guidelines to the Engineer's approval.
For all pipes with a minimum wall thickness of 10 mm and above, one butt fusion joint is to be
prepared with the two pipe axes parallel but offset by 20% of the pipe wall thickness. Jointing is to
be undertaken using the recommended butt fusion jointing parameters. The welded pipe is to be
tested at a pipe hoop stress of 4 MPa at 800C and the lifetime shall be equal to or greater than 500
hours for black pipe.
G. Fittings
Fittings shall be manufactured by injection moulding or other approved method.
Fittings in other materials will only be permitted when the materials and method of manufacturer
have received the Engineer's approval.
Lying of polyethylene pipes shall be to the manufacturer’s recommendation and by staff who have
manufacturers certificate for carrying out PE pipe laying and jointing works.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
110
7.5 PIPE LAYING AND PROTECTION
The routes of pumping mains as shown in the drawings are indicative only, and are provided for
guidance of the Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out detailed survey of pumping mains and
prepare his layout/design accordingly.
The laying of the pumping mains shall essentially be in excavated trenches backfilled after
installation, avoiding sharp bends and providing soil cover a minimum of 1 m from top of the pipe,
however, in plant area, certain reaches of pumping mains will have to be installed above ground to
avoid interference with existing underground structures.
7.6 PRODUCT HANDLING, DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. General
Pipe shall at all times be handled with equipment designed to prevent damage to the interior or
exterior coating of the pipeline. Pipe with cement mortar lining or having any other special coating
or lining shall only be handled with wide canvas or rubber covered slings. Bare cables, chain hooks,
or metal bars shall not be allowed to come in contact with the coating.
All pipe ends shall be suitably protected against damage during delivery and handling. All flanges
shall have wooden disc bolted on. Plain and sleeve ends shall be wrapped or cushioned to protect
from damage to external protection.
All pipes, valves and fittings shall be ensured adequate protection against corrosion, mechanical
damage, deterioration and exposure until they are incorporated in the Works. The Contractor shall
submit his proposals for protecting the pipes and fittings for approval by the Engineer.
B. Shipping
When making shipments, all chain, and hold-down equipment shall be carefully padded where in
contact with the pipe.
C Unloading
Unloading from the trucks shall be done with care using appropriate slings and cables for ductile
iron pipe. No pipe shall be allowed to fall from trucks. Pipe shall only be unloaded using a crane or
fork lift. Pipe shall not be permitted to strike other pipes or other objects, and shall not be rolled
freely or dragged along the ground.
D. Storage
The Contractor shall take into temporary protective storage all pipe and appurtenant materials not
required for immediate installation in the Works or, in the case of pipes, for stringing out along
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
111
pipelines. The Contractor shall not string out along pipelines more pipe than can be installed in one
day. Jointing materials shall be stored under cover until they are required for installation.
Pipes in storage shall be laid on wedged timber bearers so as to be at least 100mm clear of the
ground; pipes may be stacked up to three pipes high if suitable protective packing is placed
between layers and additional bearers are provided where necessary to prevent damage to sheathed
and coated pipes. Pipes strung out along pipelines shall be raised 100mm above the ground on
timber bearers.
E. Gaskets
Gaskets shall be stored in containers or wrappers which will protect the gaskets from ozone and
other atmospheric deterioration.
F. Polyethylene Sleeving
Polyethylene sleeving shall be stored with protective packaging and out of direct sunlight.
G. Gaskets and Jointing Materials
Gaskets, gasket lubricants, bolts, and jointing materials shall be delivered in separate, clearly marked
boxes.
H. Spare Jointing Materials
As part of the quantity delivered, the Contractor shall include in his bid 10% additional gaskets and
loose bolts nuts and washers than may be theoretically required for the amount of pipe furnished
to cover field losses.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
112
8 ELECTRICAL WORKS
8.1 GENERAL
The work shall consist of furnishing all equipment, materials and of performing all operations in
connection with the electrical works in strict accordance with DISCO (WAPDA) this section of the
specifications and the design drawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract.
8.2 SCOPE
The scope of the document includes general requirements and specifications for internal
electrification of filtration rooms.
8.3 BUILDING ELECTRICAL WORKS
8.3.1 Scope
The work shall include furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment’s tools and plants as required
and providing the internal electrification and other works as specified consisting of but not limited
to conduits and pipes, wires and cables, wiring accessories light fixtures, lighting system, power
distribution, fans, fittings. The Contractor shall execute the works as shown in the design drawings
specified herein, prepare shop drawings and obtain the Engineer’s approval before Execution of
work, as directed by the Engineer, the Contactor shall be responsible for proper functioning, testing,
commissioning and satisfactory operation and performance during the defect liability/maintenance
period and afterwards.
8.3.2 Codes and Standards
The work shall conform to the requirements of the following Codes and Standards, unless
otherwise specified:
Standard Description
BS 89-77 Specification for direct acting indicating electrical measuring instruments and their
accessories.
BS 4553-70 PVC insulted split concentric cables with copper conductors for electric supply.
EN1452-2/ uPVC conduits and Conduit fittings.
ISO 4422-2
BS 142-82 (P-2) General requirements for measuring relays used for protection
BS 159-57 Bus bars and bus bar connections.
BS 161-76 Specifications for tungsten filament lamps for general service.
BS 1853-79 Tubular fluorescent lamps for general lighting service.
BS 3871-65 Miniature air-break circuit breakers for A.C. Part I-(84) circuits.
BS 4752-77 Circuit breakers.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
113
BS 5419-77 Specification for air-break switches, air-break disconnectors etc.
BS 6004-84 Specification for PVC insulated cables for power and lighting.
BS 6346-77 PVC – insulted cables for electricity supply.
BS 6360-81 Specification for conductors in insulated cables and cords.
BS 6500-84 Specification for insulated flexible cords and cables BS 6746-84 PVC insulation and
sheath of electric cables.
CP 1013-65 Earthing.
8.3.3 Ambient Conditions
All material and equipment supplied and installed shall be designed, manufactured and tested to
meet the following ambient conditions unless specifically stated otherwise for any
material/equipment.
• Maximum ambient temperature:(+) 50 °C
• Minimum ambient temperature:(-) 2 °C
• Maximum relative humidity:100%
8.3.4 Qualifications
The Electrical works shall be carried out by the Licensed Contractor authorized under the provisions
of Electricity Act, 1910 and the Electricity Rules 1937, as adopted and modified by the Government
of Pakistan from time to time.
The installation in general shall be carried out in conformity with the Electricity Rules 1937 and the
latest edition of Pakistan standards or any equivalent International standards approved by WAPDA.
However, in case of conflict between these specifications and the standards, the prevailing ruling
will be the one which requires higher quality of workmanship & materials and safety to personnel
or as interpreted by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall set out the work himself and if any discrepancy is found, he shall report the
matter to the Engineer and shall act as directed. Any defective electrification work carried out by
the Contractor shall be rectified or made good by the Contractor at his cost.
The electrical works shall keep pace with the civil works and the works of any other discipline. The
Engineer shall be kept informed about the programme and the progress of work so that there is no
hindrance in the progress of work at Site.
8.3.5 Inspection and Tests
a) Factory Tests
All type and routine tests on all equipment shall be performed at the manufacturer's facility in
the presence of the Engineer or his Representative. Type tests may be waived off in case test
certificates are submitted by an Engineer's approved standard laboratory of international repute;
but merely producing the test type certificates will not relieve the manufacturer to carry out the
required standard/routine tests. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer about the
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
114
date and time of test of each equipment at least two weeks in advance. The witnessing of test
by the Engineer or his representative shall not absolve the Contractor from his responsibility for
the proper functioning of the equipment, and for furnishing the guarantees.
b) Site Tests
Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor shall perform field tests on all equipment,
materials and systems. All tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer for the purpose
of demonstrating equipment or system compliance with the Specifications. The Contractor shall
furnish all tools, instruments, test equipment, materials, etc., and all qualified personnel
required for the testing, setting and adjustment of all electrical equipment and material including
putting the same into operation. All tests shall be made with proper regard for the protection
of the personnel and equipment.
c) Insulation Resistance Test
Insulation resistance test shall be made on all electrical equipment by using a meggar of 500
Volts for circuits up to 250 Volts and 1000 Volt for circuits between 250 and 500 Volts. The
insulation resistance values of cables shall conform to the requirements of BS2004, BS6004, BS
6346 and Pakistan Electricity Rules. Before making connections at the ends of each cable run or
joint between cables, the insulation resistance test of each cable section shall be made.
d) Earth Resistance Test
Earth resistance tests shall be made by the Contractor on the grounding system, separating and
reconnecting each earth connection. If it is indicated that soil treatment or other corrective
measures are required to lower the ground resistance values, the Engineer will determine the
extent of such corrective measures. The electrical resistance of the E.C.C. together with the,
resistance of the earthing leads measured from the connection with earth electrode to any other
position in the complete installation shall not exceed one ohm.
e) Switchgear
Each circuit breaker shall be operated electrically and mechanically. All interlocks and control
circuits shall be checked for proper connections in accordance with the wiring diagrams given by
the manufacturer. Trip circuits shall be checked for correct operation and rating of equipment
served. The correct size and function of fuses, disconnect switches, number of interlocks,
indicating lights, alarms and remote-control devices shall be in accordance with approved
manufacturer drawings. Name plates shall be checked for proper designation of equipment
served.
f) Inspection Tests
The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the test certificates and getting the installation
passed by the Electrical Inspector appointed by the Employer. Any special requirements of the
local building and or municipal authority shall also be complied with.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
115
8.3.6 Guarantee
The Contractor shall furnish written guarantee against performance of each equipment. Such
guarantee shall be for replacement and repair of a part or whole equipment which may be found
defective in material or workmanship free of cost. The guarantee shall cover a minimum period of
12 months after commissioning of the equipment
8.3.7 Submittals
All drawings of equipment, appliances, fixtures and accessories that are to be furnished under the
Contract. These shall include detailed electrical design drawings, wiring diagram, foundation details,
etc. for all electrical switchgear, fuse gear and all other systems. Drawings and data for each
equipment to be furnished before commencement of fabrication and manufacture, for approval of
the Engineer. The drawings to be submitted by the Contractor shall be as follows:
i. Layout Drawings showing:
• Arrangements
• Dimensional plans, elevations and front view foundation plans, anchor bolt locations
• Bus bar locations and configurations
• Incoming and outgoing cable terminating positions terminal blocks location
• Grounding arrangement
ii. Electrical Drawings showing
• Single-line diagram
• Detailed wiring diagram
• All interconnections
• Other electrical devices including metres, instruments, motors and their wiring diagram
• Manufacturer's installation, operation and maintenance manuals wherever applicable.
Specimens of all wiring accessories, fittings, fixtures, conduits, pipes, wires, cables and all the
materials to be incorporated into the Works along with specifications of each.
A list of spare parts required for one year's operation of each equipment where deemed necessary
together with unit price of each part.
8.4 ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY FOR THE FILTRATION ROOM
Successful bidder is required to take electric supply from the DISCO connection at site and supply
power to the filtration plants at site. Electrical distribution shall be through a properly designed DB
as per national and international standards.
Electric supply will be tapped of and recorder in a KWH meter to the distribution board.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
116
8.5 LOW VOLTAGE (LV) DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
Main Distribution Board (MDB) comprising of cubicles, frame made of sheet steel 14 SWG and doors
of 16 SWG, with flexible earthing straps, degreased and derusted, finished with electro-static powder
coating of 50 micron thickness in approved color, panel housing to comply with protection class IP-
54, indoor concealed type, with hinged door, lockable handle, all auxiliaries, internal wiring,
designation labels on MCCB, DOL containing Magnetic Contactors, Over load Relay as per motor
rating control wiring for ON-OFF Push Buttons, Indication lights, Terminal Blocks for Remote control
of Motor or for interlocking purpose, earthing bar, numbering beads on the control wires, panel
suitable for system Voltage 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 Phase and neutral, bus bars of 99.8% purity electrolytic
copper, including cost of cable termination lugs, brass cable glands for incoming & outgoing cables,
wiring from breakers, indication lamps, instruments and control including.
All incoming and outgoing breakers shall be accessible by opening the front door having additional
M.S. sheet cover. Gaskets shall also be provided where necessary. MCCB shall be suitable to operate
without any de-rating at 50°C ambient temperature and shall be of one make only and not a mixture
of more than one make. The front and back sides of MDB shall also have louvers at bottom and
sides of panel for hot air exhaust, complete in all respects as approved by Engineer In- charge.
Typical component specifications are given below:
a) Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCBs)
The MCB shall be single pole 250 Volt and double pole 500 Volts of current ratings as mentioned in
the bill of quantity. These shall have fixed magnetic short circuit and fixed thermal overload
protections. The single pole and double pole miniature circuit breakers shall have a 6 kA and 10 kA
short circuit breaking capacity as per International standards IEC 60898.
The Miniature Circuit Breakers shall be installed such that their switching levers are accessible
through the front plate inside the distribution boards for operations. Circuit Numbers and
Designation on all circuits shall be clearly marked to facilitate connection and maintenance. These
Circuit Breakers shall be suitable for working on lighting and power circuits.
b) Bus Bars
The bus bars shall be made of high conductivity electrolytic copper and shall be completely isolated
and mechanically braced for the specified fault level. The phase identification of bus bars shall be
by colours applied on bus bars and these shall be red, yellow and blue for phase and black for
neutral. The earth bus bar shall be green.
The bus bars shall be triple pole and neutral and shall be of appropriate size to meet the electrical
and mechanical requirements of the system. The temperature rise shall not exceed 45 °C at rated
current.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
117
c) Push Buttons
Push buttons shall be momentary make break contact type (normally open/normally close). These
shall be suitable for flush mounting. Distribution board, plastic face plate etc. Push buttons shall
have round/square head.
d) AC Voltmeters
AC Voltmeters shall be Digital type and shall be suitable for flush mounting on front door of the
Distribution Boards or DIN mounting within DB. The front dimensions for door mounted meter shall
be 96 mm Wide and 48 mm high.
e) Indicating Lamps
Indicating lamps shall be suitable for flush mounting, complete with base, either 230 Volt neon or
12 Volt incandescent lamp through auxiliary transformer and shall have rosettes of suitable colour
or as per BOQ.
8.6 LT CABLES
The cable manufacturer shall be certification holder of ISO-9002 and shall be approved by the
Engineer. The main cables shall be PVC insulated, and overall PVC sheathed, 250/440 Volt grade,
designed, manufactured and certified in accordance with IEC-60502 or other equivalent international
standards.
For internal electrification system, LT cables shall be single or multicore as required with stranded
copper conductors and polyvinyl chloride heat and moisture-resistant insulation as per latest
applicable international standards.
The route of the cables shall be as shown on the drawing. Any change in route required due to site
conditions shall be made in relation with other service layout and with the approval of the Engineer.
Standards and Parameters
The cable shall be suitable for operation at conductor temperature up to 70o C under normal
conditions.
Conductors shall be of high purity copper wires and shall conform to the requirement of the
following BS or equivalent standard.
• BS 6346 PVC insulated cables for electricity supply
• BS 6746 PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables
• BS 6360 Conductors for insulated cables
• IEC 228 Conductors for insulated cables
• BS 6500 Insulated flexible cords
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
118
Construction Requirements
Slack shall be left in cables for which purpose the cut lengths of cables shall allow about 3% more in
the measured length between terminations (The Engineer will verify the lengths of cables). At
junction boxes, ample slack shall be left to prevent straining of cable joints.
Cables, whether installed in bare ground or in pipes shall not be bent to a radius less than that
recommended by the cable manufacturers.
Upon completion of cable installation, the Contractor will be required to undertake testing as
approved by the Engineer or the concerned department and shall comply with IEE wiring
regulations. The copies of test results shall be supplied to the Engineer.
Cable Sizes
The sizes of LT copper conductor cables shall be as approved by the Engineer. Care shall be taken so
that voltage drop at the far end of the cable does not exceed 3% of the nominal voltage. Cables
manufactured by the reputed firms shall be used, provided they fulfil all the requirements of the
specifications.
Cable Accessories
All accessories shall be provided without additional cost for the complete cabling and wiring system.
These shall include but not be limited to items such as clamps, fixing channels, connectors, cable
joints (where necessary and as approved by the Engineer), clips, lugs, tapes, solders, identification
tags, bushes & glands etc.
8.7 LIGHTING SYSTEM, WIRING & MATERIAL
Description
All single core PVC insulated cables for the following shall be of 250/440-Volt grade copper
conductor cables:
• Wiring of light circuits
• Switch to point wiring
• Light point to light point wiring
• Wiring of circuits for 5 amps, 250 Volts, 2 pin switch socket unit
• Wiring of push buttons & between push buttons
• Wiring of light circuits controlled by push buttons
• Wiring between light circuits controlled by push buttons
• All single core PVC insulated power cables for the following shall be copper conductor and
of 600/1000-Volt grade:
• All multicore un-armored control cables shall be copper conductor and of 300/500-Volt
grade.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
119
• All multicore unarmored power cables shall be copper conductor and of 600/1000-Volt
grade.
The light control switches, switch socket units, fan controllers, industrial socket units, etc. shall be
of following ratings;
• Light Switches rated for 5A, 250 Volt.
• Fan dimmers rated for 100W, 250 Volt.
• 2 pin rated for 5A, 250 Volt.
The locations of the switch fittings & accessories such as sockets, switches etc. are tentatively
shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall ensure the exact positions and locations of wiring
accessories in coordination with other services drawings, as per site requirements and as directed
by the Engineer.
Applicable Standards
The latest editions of the following standards and codes shall be applicable for the materials
specified within the scope of this Section:
• IEC 60228 Conductors for insulated cables
• BS 6004 PVC insulated cables (non-armored) for electric power & lighting
• BS 6346 PVC insulated cables for electricity supply
• BS 6746 PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables
• BS 6360 Conductors for insulated cables
• BS 6500 Insulated flexible cords
• BS 67 Two and three terminal ceiling roses
• BS 4934 Safety Requirements for electric fans and regulators.
Material
a) Fluorescent light Fixtures
All the light fixtures shall have lamps and ballasts of the wattage specified in the BOQ. The
fluorescent lamp shall be 1200 mm - 36 and 40 Watts and the colour shall generally be day
light, cool day light and/ or warm white with an average output pf 2600 lumen + (5%) for 36
Watts. The fluorescent lamps shall be from an approved manufacturer conforming to BS 1853
and having a minimum useful life of 5000 hours. The ballast shall be totally enclosed type
suitable for operation on 220 V, 50 Hz, single phase supply. A wiring diagram, wattage, voltage
and current ratings shall be printed on the body of the ballast. The power loss shall not be more
than 10 Watts for 40 Watts ballast. The ballast shall be noiseless in operation without any
whistling sound, supported with a guarantee of trouble free life of 1 year, effective from the
date of Completion Certificate.
The description of light fixtures and all relevant materials are given in these specifications and
stated in the bill of quantities. The determination of quality of the light fixture is based on
construction material, the specific shapes of the enclosure & louver, color, finish, etc. The
determination of quality of the light output of the light fixture is based on the certified photo-
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
120
metric data covering the coefficient of utilization, light distribution curves, luminous flux output
in lumens of the lamps, color temperature of the lamps, etc.
All light fixtures shall be finished in standard color schemes as mentioned in the manufacturer's
catalogue for respective fixtures, unless specifically stated in the specifications, drawings or bill
of quantities or directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit samples of each and every type and model number of light fixtures
specified for approval of the Engineer.
b) Outlet Box
The outlet boxes for installation of switches, Dimmers and socket outlets shall be of PVC having
appropriate dimensions. The box shall have suitable arrangement for receiving the conduit.
c) One Way Switches - Indoor type
Switches for controlling light points shall be single pole, rated for 5 Amps, 250 Volt AC. The
body of the switches shall be suitable for flush mounting on PVC back box/outlet box. The
switches shall have screw contacts and shall operate with snap action.
d) Ceiling Fan
Ceiling fan shall be capacitor type, suitable for 250 Volts’ single phase 50 Hz. The air displacement
shall be 330 cubic metre per minute for 1422 mm (56") sweep at maximum speed. The fan motor
shall be capacitor type and bearing shall be groove type to give noiseless operation. The fan
dimmers rated for 100 W, 250 Volts
The fan hook shall be made of 10 mm diameter mild steel rod. It should be in the form of a loop
about 75 mm long and about 50 mm wide. The rod should be bent to have at least 200 mm
extension on both sides for tying to reinforcement steel of slab. The fan and regulator shall be
the first quality product from an approved manufacturer.
e) Fan Regulator
Fan Controller for fan speed regulating shall be suitable for Ceiling fans, rated for 10 Amps, 250
Volt AC. The body of the fan Controller shall be suitable for flush mounting on PVC back box/
outlet box. The fan Controller shall have ON/OFF switch that shall operate with click action.
f) Ceiling Rose
The ceiling rose shall be suitable for 5 amps 250 Volts’ single phase A.C. It shall have white
plastic moulded base plate, copper or brass terminals for wiring with 2.5 sq.mm cable. The
ceiling rose shall have a cover with cable inlet hole. The ceiling rose shall not embody any fuse
terminal as an integral part of it
g) Exhaust Fan
Exhaust fans shall be 12” dia. size direct driven type complete with motor, angle iron frame,
back draft dampers and mounting accessories. Blades shall be of steel and factory adjusted for
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
121
pitch. Blades of back draft damper shall have a link rod and the design shall be such that
damper remains in full open position without rattling when the fan is operating.
8.8 CONDUITS & PIPES
Description
The route of conduit and pipes should be as per site requirements, specifications and as directed by
the Engineer.
Applicable Standards
Latest editions of the following standards/codes shall be applicable for the materials in scope of
this Section:
• BS 6099 PVC conduits and accessories.
• BS 3595 PVC pipes & accessories.
• BS 4346 Cement Solvent for jointing
PVC Conduits and Accessories
The heavy gauge PVC conduits and accessories containing switch boxes shall conform to BS6099 shall
be generally used.
The PVC switch boxes bends, sockets, elbows, couplings, etc. shall conform to the same
specifications as for the conduits. The PVC bends shall have enlarged ends to receive conduit without
any reduction in the internal diameter at joint. Manufactured smooth bends shall be used where
conduit changes direction. Bending of conduits by heating or otherwise will not be allowed in any
situation. The use of sharp 90-degree bends and tees will not be allowed for concealed wiring.
The round PVC junction boxes for ceiling light or fan points shall have minimum dimensions of 63-
mm diameter and depth. The junction boxes for wall light points shall have minimum dimensions of
63-mm diameter and 38 mm deep. Round junction boxes shall be provided with one piece PVC cover
plate fixed to the box by means of brass screws.
8.9 EARTHING PROTECTION
Description
The earthing system consists of earth electrodes, earthing leads, earth connecting points, earth
continuity conductors and all accessories necessary for the satisfactory operation of the associated
electrical system.
Applicable Standards
The latest editions of following standards/codes shall be applicable for the materials in scope of this
section: -
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
122
• BS 951 Earthing Clamps
• CP 1013 Earthing
• BS 2874 Nuts, bolts, washers, screws & rivets fixing for use on Copper
• BS 1433 Hard drawn bare copper conductor for earthing
• BS 6346 PVC insulated cables
Material and Execution
The grounding system shall consist of earth electrodes, earth connecting points, earthing leads,
earth continuity conductors and all accessories necessary for the satisfactory operation of the
associated electrical system. The earthing system shall also comply with the requirements of BS
7430:2011.
A bore is drilled up to slush level 2” Dia GI pipe with GI Tee is hanged inside the bore. Stranded bare
copper conductor of 16 mm2 is tied to ¾ inch Dia 6 ft. long Cu rod and placed in the bore. A mixture
of half kg each of charcoal and ammonium chloride and one kg of sodium chloride is poured inside
the pipe along with water so that the mixture settles down in the depression around the Cu rod.
Conductor is drawn from the outlet of the tee and 2’’ GI cap is placed on the tee. An earth pit is
excavated around the bore and covering it with a concrete slab at the finished floor level.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
123
9 FILTRATION PLANTS
9.1 TREATMENT PLANTS
he specifications for water filtration plant equipment and process contained in these specifications
are so far considered to be necessary to achieve the required quality of treated water. These
are to be regarded as the minimum requirements and the Contractor shall include for such other
treatment as he considers necessary.
9.2 WORKS TO BE INCLUDED
The works to be included in this section shall include the design, manufacture, works testing,
supply, installation, connecting up, painting, site testing, and commissioning of all equipment and
ancillary works including control & monitoring system and one (01) year operation and maintenance
of the water filtration / treatment plants and related works. The works also includes the
construction of plant houses including ancillary components, including their Operation and
Maintenance.
The brief description about the plants, regarding water source, plant capacity and quality of water
etc. is given in the following paragraphs.
9.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF WORKS
9.3.1 Water Source
Each Filtration Plant for water distribution will require that a source water be identified and
developed and the appropriate process be supplied to produce water to WHO Drinking Water
Guidelines.
9.3.2 Water Connection
The Contractor shall provide all water connections to the Filtration plant.
9.3.3 Plants Category & Capacity
Design according to parameters given by the Client, supply, install, test, and commission and operate
and maintain for a minimum period of one (01) year water filtration plants of different
configurations, depending upon pollutants in the water. Two sizes shall be made available: filtration
plants shall be capable to produce 2000 litre/hour of product or filtered water.
The feed water quality test results carried out so far indicate the possible presence of the following
pollutants and contaminations.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
124
a. Aesthetics Contamination:
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
125
Turbidity
Taste and Odour
b. Biological Contamination:
Bacteria
Viruses
c. Chemical Contaminations:
Arsenic
Fluoride
Iron
Manganese
Nitrate
Hardness
d. Dissolved Solids:
Total Dissolve Solids
Considering the above pollutants, the treatment plants, as discussed In Table have been classified
into three categories.
Table: Drinking water treatment plant configurations
No Plant Type Prime Energy Source
Secondary Energy Source
Product Water
Capacity
1 Reverse Osmosis Plant Grid Grid 2000 Litre / hour
2 Direct Supply Plant Grid Grid 2000 Litre / hour
9.3.4 Brine Disposal / Backwash water
RO Brine
The Contractor shall dispose of RO brine stream via drainage system. It is preferred that the well be
within the Markaz E Aab Centre compound if possible as approved by the Engineer. Typically the
brine would be injected beneath the lowermost underground source of drinking water or below the
aquifer from which the source water for RO treatment is drawn. USEPA 40 CFR 146.12 gives
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
126
guidelines for the construction of what would be termed a Class I injection well that can be used for
RO brine. Prior to drilling any injection well, a careful assessment of geological conditions must be
conducted in order to determine the depth and location of suitable porous aquifer reservoirs
UF and Other Filter Backwashes
The Contractor shall identify the most appropriate environmentally acceptable method for disposal
of these waste streams. The method(s) of choice shall provide design and facilities to limit human
exposure to the possible pathogenic bacteria and viruses and residual chemicals of these
backwashes. The contractor should include explanation as to what each of the filter backwashes
will ultimately contain in terms of pollutants and the methodology proposed for disposal. The
methodology shall be appropriate for each location.
9.3.5 Electricity Connection
Power supply at 415 Volt, 50 Hz load shall be arranged by the Contractor on behalf of the Client for
the plants where secondary energy source is Grid, according to site conditions. Contractor’s scope
of work shall start from the power supply point towards the load.
The Contractor shall submit detailed load calculations for the approval by the Engineer.
9.3.6 Operation and Maintenance
The Contractor shall operate and maintain the plants including plant houses and ancillary works for
one (01) year, which may be extended by mutual consent. The Client may have a random check of
water quality and, in case of non-compliance with the prescribed standards, 20% of the operating
and maintenance cost for that quarter shall be deduced for that filtration plant. In case of repetition
of non-compliance with standards, the penalty cost shall double. The Contractor shall bear all
types of expenses during the operation and maintenance period such as water quality testing
(on a quarterly basis), salary of the operator(s), utilities, consumables, etc. Specific responsibilities of
the contractor regarding O&M of plants are:
I. Provide detail maintenance schedule specifically for each plant indicating all the replaceable and consumables for the period of one (01) years after completion at the time of issuance of completion certificate, get it approved by the Client/Engineer and fix a hard copy in the office and provide copies to the Client/Engineer.
II. Deploy at least one operator (compulsorily local) at each filtration plant and train the operator regarding operation and maintenance of the RO Plant as well as staff for other duties associated with the Markaz E Aab Centre.
III. Disinfect the whole equipment of the filtration plants on a regular schedule, including the water tanks before their first filling and keep the mechanical, electrical equipment/ system in good working condition.
IV. Provide a log book at each plant, filled in daily by the operator. Training must be provided to the operator to allow the recording of all necessary operational data. All the maintenance activities/ replaceable/ consumables must be recorded in the log book with signature of representative of the Contractor. Number of users must also be recorded in the log book if not
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
127
recorded automatically through the RFID system. Proper entries should be made for maintenance and consumables.
V. Ensure change of all cartridges/ consumables and the replaceables as per a pre-approved schedule.
VI. All the replaceables must be branded or the firm must guarantee quality of all replaceables/ consumables.
VII. Keep all the premises and the dispensing areas of the plants clean and hygienic. VIII. Ensure eight (08) hours of clean and safe drinking water supply daily from the operational
plants as per the prescribed standards. IX. Maintain record on daily basis for the water supplied (in m3/ day). X. Maintain record for the quality of water supplied. Quarterly water quality tests shall be
performed and the official analyses copied to the Engineer and filed to be available whenever needed.
XI. Maintain record for all breakdowns (if any), of the plant. XII. Maintain a log of customer complaints made by consumers.
XIII. Maintain monitoring system log. XIV. At the end of the Operations and Maintenance period, the filtration plants shall be handed XV. Over to the Client in a good working condition.
Note: The Contractor will operate and maintain the Filtration Plant in close coordination and
consultation with Saaf Pani Committee, entrusted with management of the Plant by the Client.
9.4 FILTRATION
The feed water quality test results carried out so far indicate the presence of the following impurities.
- Aesthetic Contamination,
- Biological Contamination,
- Chemical Contamination (Arsenic, Fluoride, Hardness etc) if any
- Turbidity removal
- High Total Dissolved Solids
The water supply from distributary canal having TDS < 1000 mg/liter have considered with specific
(surface water treatment plant along with RO plant) solutions. The specifications of these plants is
given in the following paragraphs.
9.5 DESIGN CRITERIA
9.5.1 Pre-filtration/ Sand /Anthracite
Pre filtration shall be provided for the removal of the suspended solids / colloids which are present
in the water. The silica sand shall conform to AWWA B100, including acid solubility requirement,
except as modified or supplemented herein. The specification shall include the following:
- Filter media : Anthracite/Silica Sand
- Vessel material : FRP
- Suspended solid removal : Below 100 micron
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
128
- Acid solubility :
- Specific gravity :
- Effective size for sand :
- Anthracite :
- Uniformity Coefficient :
- Backwash :
- Certification :
Less than 5 percent
2.60 ≥ 2.65
0.6 to 0,8 mm
0,8 to 1,6 mm
1.7 to 2.2
Automatic, through PLC / Controller
NSF
9.5.2 Activated Carbon Filtration
The media used in this filter, shall meet the following minimum requirements.
- Raw material :
- Bulk density :
- Hardness No. :
- Iodine No. :
- Ash content :
- Surface area :
- Certification :
coconut shells
5 g/cm³
80
Minimum 1000
5 %
900 m²/g
NSF
9.5.3 Washable Screen Filter:
The filter shall meet the following minimum requirements:
- Material : Steel
- Suspended solid removal: 20 – 150 micron
9.5.4 Cartridge Filters:
Cartridge filter of 5& 1 µm shall be added before the RO unit.
9.5.5 FRP Vessels for Sand, Activated Carbon and Chemical Reduction Filtration:
FRP vessel shall meet the following minimum requirements:
- Material :
- Maximum Operating Pressure :
- Maximum Operating Temperature:
- Certification :
- For filtration speed :
polyester or vinyl ester
150 psi
50 °C
NSF
9.5.6 Stainless Steel Skid
The Stainless Steel Skid shall meet but not limited to the following specification:
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
129
- Stainless Steel Grade : SS 304
- Minimum Size : As per proposed design
9.5.7 Chemical Reduction Filters
These filter(s) shall be installed to treat the specified chemical contamination as according the
design parameters found in the feed water. It is observed that feed water may be contaminated
with any of the following chemical pollutants:
• Arsenic
• Fluoride
• Nitrate
• Hardness
• Iron & Manganese
9.5.8 Arsenic removal filter shall be installed with the main plant conforming to the
following requirement.
- Filter Vessel :
- For filtration speed :
- Filter media :
- Certification :
- Time-clock control programmer :
FRP
8-10 m/h
Granular Ferric Hydroxide (compliant with BS EN 15029:2012 standard / equivalent OR Activated Alumina compliant with BS EN 13753:2009 standard / equivalent
NSFPLC / Controller system
9.5.9 Fluoride Removal Filter
The fluoride shall be removed from the water by Activated Alumina or other to meet the product
water quality. This shall be used as adsorbent for the removal and shall meet the following minimum
requirements.
- Time-clock control programmer :
- For filtration speed :
- Certification :
PLC/ Controller system
8-10 m/h
NSF
9.5.10 Nitrate Removal Filter
If the feed water contains nitrate and the total dissolved solids are less than 1000 mg/liter, nitrate
shall be removed through ion-exchange process. For this purpose, strong base anionic resins shall
be used, with the following minimum design parameters.
- Feed water loading rate : < 300 L/ minute. m³
- Depth of resin bed : > 0.6 m
- Time-clock control programmer : PLC/ Controller system
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
130
- Certification : NSF
9.5.11 Hardness Reduction Filter
The hardness from the water shall be removed through ion-exchange process. For this purpose,
strong acid cationic resin, which shall meet the following minimum requirement.
The process comprises of the following:
- Ion exchange media :
- Recharging of saturated :
- Time-clock control programme :
- Certification :
Sulphonated polystyrene beads / Equivalent,
approved from the Client
through Chemical/Salt (NaCl)
PLC System
NSF
9.5.12 Iron and Manganese
Excess iron and manganese shall be removed by the most appropriate and efficient methods (such
as oxidation process etc.).
- Certification : NSF
9.5.13 Flow Meter
A variable area Rota meters shall be installed to measure the flow of feed/permeate water. Flow
meter shall be of transparent acrylic material with Stainless Steel float with graduations on them to
show proper flow. Flow meter shall be capable of covering the full range of flow.
9.5.14 Water Meter
Water meter shall be of multi jet/turbine type with a pulse generator with a maximum frequency of
1pulse/ 10Liters. Body of water meter shall be of Cast iron with threaded connections and a minimum
pressure rating of PN10. Water meter shall have a totalizer installed on permeate line.
9.5.15 Pressure Gauge
All installed pressure gauges shall be bourdon spring type with Stainless Steel (SS), 304 casing and a
minimum diameter of 2.5". All gauges shall be damping fluid filled having back connection and
border for easy fitting on the panel.
9.5.16 For addition of various chemicals like acid, anti-scalant, etc.
- Dosing Pumps Qty : As required
- Flow Rate : as required
- Resistance Pressure : as system requirement
- Diaphragm : PTFE-EPDM Composite
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
131
- Enclosure : IP65 (NEMA 4X)
- Insulation Class : B
- Electric Connections : 230V/50Hz
- Material : Suction, Injection Valves, Foot Valve etc.
9.5.17 Product Water Tank
The Polyethylene water storage tank shall meet but not limited to the following specification:
- Material : Food Grade, Polyethylene, Anti UV Black
- Working Temperature : 20 to 60oC
- Wall Thickness : Approx. 4 to 5.0 mm
9.6 FILTRATION PLANTS
The Client has conducted sampling and testing of water supply schemes through Lab. The Contractor
will re-ensure the results by conducting resampling and testing of awarded water supply schemes
and will submit results to the Client for approval of appropriate treatment.
Considering the impurities, these three categories of water pollution will be treated in the Packaged
Plants, for removal of the contaminations. The specification of these plants and their possible
components are given in the paragraphs described here-over.
A. Filtration Units using Sand Filter and Active Carbon Filter, Capacity 2000 L/h
Mounting FRP Vessel Pad
Filtration Rate 15 m/h
Backwash rate 30 m / h
Backwashing Time Adjustable by Local Timer
Sand Effective Size 0.8 - 1.0 mm
UC 1.4 - 1.7
Depth 0.6 - 1.0 m
SG ≥ 2.63
Vessel FRP
Feed pump Centrifugal type, eff > 60%
Piping for units PE or PVC PN 25
Activated Carbon Filtration
Filtration Rate 5-15 m/h
Empty Bed Contact Time (EBCT) 5 Minutes
Backwash Rate 25 m/h
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
132
Base Material Coconut
lignite
Coal
shell, Wood, Bituminous coal,
Effective Size 1.2 -1.6 mm
Uniformity Coefficient ≤ 1.9
Surface Area 500 m²/g
Vessel Material FRP
Clean water storage tank 4 hours of a day
Bacteria Below Detection Level
9.8 GRANULAR FERRIC HYDROXIDE FOR ARSENIC REMOVAL
Waterborne arsenic is a major cause of disease and has been found in abundant quantity in many part of the Punjab as identified by water quality analysis and testing. It is the only contaminant that has been shown to be the cause of human cancers following exposure through drinking water. Besides cancer of the skin, lung and bladder and probably liver, arsenic is responsible for a range of adverse effects, including hyperkeratosis and peripheral vascular disease. WHO for drinking water has set a provisional guideline value of 0.01 mg/l based on the practical limit of achievability.
Granular ferric hydroxide is used widely for removal of arsenic removal from drinking water. Arsenic
removal shall be done in case necessary as pre-treatment, conforming to the following requirement
using granular ferric hydroxide as removal media.
Parameters Range of Typical Values
Mounting FRP Vessel Pad
Media Size 0.5 – 4.0 mm
Grain Density 1.19 g/cm³
Bulk Density 1100 g/l
Filtration speed 10 m/h
Absorption Capacity 15 g/kg (GEH)
Backwash speed 20 m/h (50% expansion)
pH range 7 – 8
Specific Surface Area 270 – 300 m²/g (Dry Weight)
Filter Vessel FRP
Oxidation of As III to As V with oxygen (air), Chlorine, ClO₂ or KMnO₄
Filter media Granular Ferric Hydroxide, (compliant with BS EN
15029:2012 for drinking water treatment) or
Activated Alumina (compliant with BS EN 13753:
2009 for drinking water treatment)
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
133
Certification NSF
Process Control Adjustable by PLC/ Local Timer
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
134
9.9 ACTIVATED ALUMINA (AA) ABSORBENT FOR FLUORIDE REMOVAL
High intakes of fluoride can give rise to dental fluorosis, an unsightly brown mottling of teeth, but
higher intakes result in skeletal fluorosis, a condition arising from increasing bone density and which
can eventually lead to fractures and crippling skeletal deformity.
This is a major cause of morbidity and can manifest itself at a relatively early age with the result
that affected individuals cannot work properly and may be economically as well as physically
disadvantaged for life. Many factors appear to influence the risk of such adverse effects, including
volume of drinking water, nutritional status and, particularly, fluoride intake from other sources.
WHO for drinking water has set a provisional guideline value of 1.5 mg/l based on the practical limit
of achievability.
The fluoride shall be removed from the water by Activated Alumina (AA) or other to meet the
product water quality. This shall be used as adsorbent for the removal and shall meet the following
minimum requirements.
Parameters Range of Typical Values
Mounting FRP Vessel Pad
Empty Bed Contact Time (EBCT) 5 Min (Minimum)
Fluoride Capacity of AA 8 g /kg
Media Size 0.5 – 3.00 mm
Grain Density 3.97 g/cm³
Bulk Density 700 kg/m3
Specific Surface Area 300 -350 m²/g (Dry Weight)
Bed Depth 0.9 - 1.85 m
Backwashing 20 m/h for 50 % bed expansion
Backwashing Time 10 -15 Minutes
Vessel Material Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP)
Filter media: Activated Alumina (compliant with BS EN
13753 :2009 for drinking water treatment)
Process Control PLC/ Adjustable by Local Timer
Certification NSF
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
135
Filtration Rate 8 - 10 m/h
Fill height 0.8 m
Vessel diameter / Cylindrical height 700 mm / 1600 mm
Backwash Rate 30 m/h
Effective Green sand Media Size < 0.3 mm
Vessel Fiber Reinforced Plastics (FRP)
Certification NSF
9.10 REMOVAL OF NITRATE AND NITRITE
Nitrate can cause Methaemoglobinemia, or blue-baby syndrome in bottle-fed infants under three
months of age. However, when nitrite is also present this must also be taken into account, since it is
about 10 times as potent a Methaemoglobinemia agent as nitrate. WHO for drinking water has set a
provisional guideline maximum value of 50 mg/l (as N) for nitrate and nitrite level.
Strong base anionic resin filter is used to remove nitrate, arsenic and perchlorate ions from the raw
water stream. Its exchange capacity ranges from 0.8-1 meq/mL. When the capacity of this resin is
exhausted, it is regenerated by using NaCl after a certain period of time.
If raw water contains nitrate and the total dissolved solids are less than 1000 mg/liter, nitrate shall
be removed through ion-exchange process. For this purpose, strong base anionic resins shall be
used, with the following minimum design parameters. Nitrite will also be taken out after oxidation
with Chlorine.
Parameters Range of Typical Values
Mounting FRP Vessel Pad
Hydraulic Loading Rate Max 40 m³/m³/h
Depth of Resin Bed >0.9 m
Resin type strong anionic
Operation linear velocity 25 m/h
Bed expansion at loading 5%
Backwash Rate 5-6 m/h
Backwash Duration Approx. 20 min
Bed expansion at backwash 80%
Regeneration chemical NaCl
Concentration of regeneration 8-10 %
pH Range 0 – 14
Resin Capacity 0.6 -0.8 mg eq/l
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
136
TDS < 1000 mg/l
Treated water Quality Increased Chloride level
Process Control PLC/ Local time control
Waste Characteristics Brine containing NO₃ & excess NaCl
Waste Disposal Disposal into the sanitary sewerage
system
Certification NSF
9.10.1 Removal of Nitrate and Nitrite for 2000 L/h
If raw water contains nitrate and the total dissolved solids are less than 1000 mg/liter, nitrate shall
be removed through ion-exchange process. For this purpose, strong base anionic resins shall be
used, with the following minimum design parameters. Nitrite will also be taken out after oxidation
with Chlorine.
Parameters Range of Typical Values
Mounting FRP Vessel Pad
Capacity 2000 l/h
Hydraulic Loading Rate Max 40 m³/m³/h
Depth of Resin Bed 0.8 m
Resin type strong anionic
Vessel diameter/height Min 350 mm / 1800 mm
Operation linear velocity 25 m/h
Bed expansion at loading 5%
Backwash Rate 5-6 m/h
Backwash Duration Approx 20 min
Bed expansion at backwash 80%
Regeneration Chemical NaCl
Concentration of regeneration 8-10 %
Regeneration flow 0.5 m³/h (for 20 min.)
pH Range 0 – 14
Resin Capacity 0,6 -0.8 mg eq/l
TDS < 1000 mg/l
Treated water Quality Increased Chloride level
Process Control Local time control
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
140
Waste Characteristics Brine containing NO₃& excess NaCl
Waste Disposal Disposal
system
into the sanitary sewerage
Certification NSF
9.11 REDUCTION OF HARDNESS
Strong acid cationic resin filter is used to remove/reduce hardness, from the raw water stream. Its
exchange capacity 2 mg eq/mL Min. When the capacity of this resin is exhausted, it is regenerated
by using NaCl after a certain period of time. If raw water contains magnesium, calcium and hardness
> 500mg/l while total dissolved solids are less than 1000 mg/liter, hardness shall be removed
through ion-exchange process. For this purpose, strong acid cationic resins shall be used, with the
following minimum design parameters.
Parameters Range of Typical Values
Mounting FRP Vessel Pad
Hydraulic Loading Rate 10-45 m³/m³/h
Depth of Resin Bed >0.9 m
Resin type strong cationic
Operation linear velocity 25 m/h
Bed expansion at loading 8-10%
Backwash Rate 4-6 m/h
Backwash Duration Approx. 30-60 min
Bed expansion at backwash 50%
Regeneration NaCl / HCl
Concentration of regeneration NaCl: 8-10 %, HCl 4-5%
pH Range 0 – 14
Resin Capacity 2.0 mg eq/ml min
TDS < 1000 mg/l
Process Control PLC/ Local time control
Waste Disposal Disposal into the sanitary sewerage
system
Certification NSF
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
141
9.11.1 Reduction of Hardness for 2000 L/h
If raw water contains magnesium, calcium and hardness > 500mg/l while total dissolved solids are
less than 1000 mg/liter, hardness shall be removed through ion-exchange process. For this purpose,
strong acid cationic resins shall be used, with the following minimum design parameters.
Parameters Range of Typical Values
Mounting FRP Vessel Pad
Hydraulic Loading Rate 10-45 m³/m³/h
Depth of Resin Bed >0.9 m
Resin type strong cationic
Operation linear velocity 25 m/h
Bed expansion at loading 8-10%
Backwash Rate 4-6 m/h
Backwash Duration Approx. 30-60 min
Bed expansion at backwash 50%
Regeneration Chemical NaCl / HCl
Concentration of regeneration NaCl: 8-10 %, HCl 4-5%
pH Range 0 – 14
Resin Capacity 2.0 mg eq/ml min
TDS < 1000 mg/l
Process Control PLC/ Local time control
Waste Disposal Disposal into the sanitary sewerage
system
Certification NSF
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
142
9.12 REVERSE OSMOSIS PLANT
Pretreatment shall be provided for removal of suspended solids, turbidity and biological
contaminant material. Sand filters followed Flocculation tank of surface water will be used as a
pretreatment section of RO plant. Following types and capacities of the filtration plants shall be
considered.
a. RO Plant 2,000 liters/hr
9.12.1 Design Criteria
The criteria used for the design of RO plants shall be as follows:
This type of Reverse Osmosis (RO) plants shall be powered grid energy as prime energy source.
RO design must be based on feed water with total dissolved solids (TDS) for brackish waters
An allowance should be made (a 50% safety factor) for an increase in TDS in the source water as it is harvested.
Re-mineralization of RO product water will be carried out by blending an appropriate fraction of pretreated raw water and/or chemicals to bring up the TDS, alkalinity and hardness to an acceptable level for human consumption. The product water shall be consistent with the Prescribed Standards and the WHO Safe Drinking Water
The RO plant shall be installed with more than 50% recovery of permeate. The vendor must submit the projection/simulation based on complete feed water analysis before installation of Plant.
The Bidder shall take into account the following criteria:
Reduced energy consumption by using High rejection / Extra Low energy membranes with standard size of 4” x 40” or 8” X 40”.
Reduced chemical usage Increased life span of critical replacements such as membranes and filter parts Small foot print area.
9.12.2 Equipment
This section covers the reverse osmosis (RO) treatment plant for the Punjab Aab E Pak Project
(PAPA). The RO system at designated site shall consist of pretreatment, chemical addition systems
(if required), cartridge filtration, RO membranes with pressure vessels, complete with membrane
feed pump, Pretreated filter water from MMF water blending / mixing arrangement, interconnecting
piping, valves controls and instrumentation.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
143
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labour, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to
fabricate, ship to the site, install, startup, performance test, and demonstration test the RO systems
as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
The equipment furnished under this specification shall be made and fabricated from new materials.
The use of used or refurbished materials is unacceptable.
9.12.3 Pre-filtration/ Pressure Filter
Pre filtration will be done by using multimedia filters for RO Plant. As per mentioned in the P&ID
9.12.4 FRP Vessels for Multimedia Filtration
As Multimedia FRP vessels should be NSF certified and size will be according to the filtration rate.
9.12.5 Reverse Osmosis Section
The RO sections of the plant include high pressure pump, cartridge filters membrane housings,
Reverse Osmosis membranes and instrumentation. This section shall be manufactured by NSF
certified OEM manufacturer as per guidelines of the design projections. Plant assembled and tested
in Pakistan with all its components assembled at place of manufacture. The pre-treatment and post-
treatment arrangements shall be performed by bidder to be tested to ensure compliancy with the
main plant.
i. High Pressure Pump
HP multistage pump centrifugal pump and motor shall be of reputed manufacturers a m o n g
Europe/ USA/ Germany/ equivalent and efficiency above 60% are acceptable.
ii. Reverse Osmosis Membranes
Proven and reliable high rejection thin film membrane elements shall be selected to give optimum
performance. They shall have an operating range of 3-11 PH. They shall be high flow fiberglass
wrapped for maximum durability.
- Membrane Type : Polyamide Thin Film Composite - Membrane element Size : 4” x 40” or 8” X 40” - Maximum Applied Pressure : 250psi - Nominal Salt rejection : 99% - pH range, short term cleaning : 1-13 - pH range, continuous operation : 2-11
iii. Membrane Pressure Vessels:
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
144
Heavy duty reverse osmosis pressure vessel housings shall be made of fiberglass, tested and certified
by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) and the boiler association of the USA as
per ASME’s Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC):2013. Enamel coated white. Easy membrane
removal, inspection, and installation should be allowed.
- Housing Material : PVC/ FRP along with all port connections - Housing Size : 4” x 40” or 8” X 40”
iv. Reverse Osmosis Control System
The reverse osmosis water filtration plants shall be controlled by a Reverse Osmosis Controller
manufactured with US / EU/ Germany/Equivalent microprocessor chip featuring a 2-line X 20
character, alphanumeric backlit LCD or process mimic to display operating conditions, and provides
adjustable time delays and set points to accommodate varying field conditions. SCADA system for
future.
The controller shall display the permeate TDS/Conductivity, water temperature, and operating hours
along with the operating status of the RO unit. Low and high pressure switches, tank levels, and
pretreatment equipment shall be monitored through a controller.
Controller shall be providing relay outputs for the RO high pressure pump, inlet solenoid valve,
membrane flush solenoid valve, and optional relays for permeate divert or remote alarm and
auxiliary output.
The treatment plant automation system shall be established with Standard functions of the
microprocessor controller for monitoring and/or control of:
RO high pressure pump motor
Inlet solenoid valve
Automatic flush solenoid valve Low feed pressure switch High pressure pump switch
RO storage tank level switches
Permeate TDS/Conductivity
Water temperature
Operating hours The microprocessor controlled system shall be used to monitor pressure and level Switches, TDS /
Conductivity monitor/controller with programmable Set points must be an integral part of the
controller. The controller shall display the system status and sensor and switch input status on an
easy to read backlit display. User programmable Set points to be provided for fast and easy
adjustment of system parameters.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
145
- Power : 415/240 VAC -15+10%, 50Hz, 25 Watts
- Display : 2-line X 20 character, alphanumeric backlit LCD Or Process Mimic Display
- Front Panel : Overlay with LCD window, alarm lamp, 7 key membrane switch
- Switch Inputs, Dry Contact: Pressure fault, Pretreat lockout Permeate Storage Tank full
Feed Storage Tank empty
- Relay Outputs : RO pump relay 240VAC, Inlet valve relay 240VAC, 5A
Flush valve relay 240VAC, 5A Relays supply same output voltage as board power (240 VAC)
- Regulatory Standards: Reverse Osmosis Controller system shall be new and shall be
designed with microprocessor chip manufactured in countries of origin as Europe, USA, only.
v. Frame/Skid:
Stainless Steel shall be used for Reverse Osmosis Skid meeting minimum following specification can
also be used:
- Stainless Steel Grade : SS304 - Minimum Size : as per adjustment to container
vi. Flow Meter
A variable area rotameter shall be installed to measure the flow of feed/permeate water. Flow
meter shall be of transparent acrylic material with Stainless Steel float with graduations on them to
show proper flow. Flow meter shall be capable of covering the full range of flow.
vii. Water Meter
Water meter shall be of multi jet/turbine type with a pulse generator with a maximum frequency of
1pulse/ 10 Liters. Body of water meter shall be of Cast iron with threaded connections and a
minimum pressure rating of PN10. Water meter shall have a totalizer installed on it.
viii. Pressure Gauge
All installed pressure gauges shall be bourdon spring type with Stainless Steel (SS), 304 casing and a
minimum diameter of 2.5"-3". All gauges shall be damping fluid filled having back connection and
border for easy fitting on the panel.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
146
ix. Automatic Chemical injection systems with 70 liter tanks:
For addition of various chemicals like acid, antiscalant, etc.
- Dosing Pumps Qty : One - Flow Rate : as required - Resistance Pressure : as system requirement - Diaphragm : PTFE-EPDM Composite - Enclosure : IP65 (NEMA 4X) - Insulation Class : B - Electric Connections : 230V/50Hz - Material : Suction, Injection Valves, Foot Valve
level controller etc.
x. Product Water Tank
The Polyethylene water storage tank shall meet but not limited to the following specification:
- Material : Polyethylene, Anti UV - Material Class : Food Grade - Working Temperature : -20 to 60oC - Capacity : 2000 Litre (minimum two tanks at - each plant) - Wall Thickness : Approx. 4.5 to 5.0 mm - Volume : 6m3 - Working Pressure : Approx. 3 psi - Standard : ASTM D1998 - 13
xi. ORIGIN AND MAKE OF IMPORTED COMPONENTS
Origin and make of the major components mainly Pumps and Reverse Osmosis Plant shall be from
any of the following countries:
USA, Europe, Germany/ Equivalent.
Before placing purchase order/manufacturing, the Contractor shall submit manufacturers’
catalogues and specifications for approval from Client. The installation of the plants shall not be
started, unless the procurement document checked by the Engineer and go ahead is provided in
writing.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
147
9.13 CERTIFICATION ON THE PLANT COMPONENTS
All certifications as required in the bidding/BoQ/Engineers Cost Estimates documents shall be submitted.
9.14 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA AFTER INSTALLATION
The performance of the installed plants shall be accepted if quality of filtered water is as per WHO/ PEQS requirement. The quality of water shall be considered acceptable, if the result of water samples shows the pollutants concentration below prescribed limit. The cost incurred on the water sampling and testing from the consultant/client approved laboratory, shall be borne by the Contractor, without any financial liabilities to the Client.
9.15 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR OPERATED AND MAINTAINED PLANTS
The plant shall only be accepted for satisfactory Operation and Maintenance if all the requirements
of specifications are met. Satisfactory performance of the water quality test results are the main
factors, without which the plants operation and maintenance of each month shall not be accepted.
9.17.1 Standards/ Certifications
The following references shall be read in conjunction with other references / standards given in the
documents.
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
ASTM A105/A Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components
ASTM A106 Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service
ST NI A193/A Alloy-Steel and stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temp. Service ASTMI
A194/A Carbon and Alloy-Steel Nuts and Bolts for High pressure and High Temp. Service
ASTM A570 Steel sheet and Carbon. Hot-rolled structural quality.
ASTM D1785 Specifications for Polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) Plastic pipe, schedule 40, 80, and 120.
ASTM D2564 Specification for solvents cements for Polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) Plastic pipe and fittings.
ASTM D1998-13 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Upright Storage Tanks, 2013
ANSI American National Standard Institute
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
148
ANSI B16.5 Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
EN 15029:2012 Ferric Hydroxide Granular Media for Drinking
Water Electrical International Electric Code (IEC), NEMA Quality
System ISO 9001 certified
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
150
10 PUMPING EQUIPMENT AND O&M INSTRUCTIONS
10.1 GENERAL
10.1.1 Work Included
This Sub-section covers the general requirements for designing, manufacturing, shop testing,
commissioning, furnishing, installing, painting, placing in satisfactory operating conditions in the
location, testing and quantities shown on the Drawings with the specified duties and warranty of
devices, appurtenances for the satisfactory operation of the pumping equipment. All the pumps
shall be selected for the prime operation on Electric Grid utility power.
10.1.2 Reference Standards
ASTM - A 27 Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application
ASTM - A 240 Heat Resisting Chromium and Chromium - Nickel Stainless Steel Plates
ASTM - A 276 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes
ASTM- A 105 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications
ASTM - A 743 Castings, Iron-Chromium, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for
General Application
ASTM- A 193 Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High
Pressure Service
ASTM- A 194 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure OR
High Temperature Service
ASTM- A 570 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled
ASTM-D 1785 Specification for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Plastic pipe, Schedule 40, 80 and
120
ASTM-D 2564 Specification for solvent cements for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Plastic
p i p i n g systems
HI - E 35.01 Hydraulic Institutes - Standard for Centrifugal Pumps
10.1.3 Design Criteria
A. The pumps shall be designed in accordance with applicable requirements of Hydraulic
Institute Standards.
B. The Contractor shall check the design duties of each equipment, analyze system pressure
loss, hydraulic transients for normal and emergency conditions.
C. Each equipment shall be suitable for rendering intended duties individually as well as part of
the system under the Project's climatic and environmental conditions.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
151
D. Pumps shall be suitable for operating un-attended and remotely controlled.
10.1.4 Submittals
Shop drawings: Indicate general assembly, components, dimensions, weights, clearances and
methods of assembly.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's literature including general assembly, certified pump curves
showing performance characteristics with pump and system, operating point indicated, NPSH curve,
controls, wiring diagrams and service connections System design and pressure loss calculations.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Including handling, storage and start-up instructions for
pumping system. Manufacturers recommended spare parts and tools list.
Manufacturer's Certificate: Certifying that pumps meet or exceed specified requirements at
specified operating conditions.
Field Reports: Submit as directed by the Engineer.
10.1.5 Materials
General
All the pumps parts, unless otherwise specified shall be of standard materials of the manufacturer,
suitable for the specified operating conditions and contents of the feed water/media attached hereof
duly approved by the Client and the Engineer.
All materials shall be new and of first-class quality, suitable for the purpose, free from defects and
imperfections.
Material for pump and valve parts coming in contact with pumped water shall be selected such as
no part renders any harmful effect to the water for human consumption.
Materials of pump and valve parts shall be compatible with the corrosive and / or abrasive properties
of the pumped water.
All materials or parts used in the equipment shall be tested, unless otherwise directed in conformity
with applicable methods prescribed by the ASTM for mechanical, fracture, corrosion, fatigue,
erosion, effect of temperature, metallography and chemical analysis, or such other organization as
may be specifically required, and generally in accordance with the best commercial methods. When
requested, tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer, stocked material may be used,
provided evidence is furnished to show that such material meets the requirements as specified
herein.
Certified material test reports shall be furnished as soon as possible after the tests are made. The
test certificates shall identify the component for which the material is to be used and shall contain
all information necessary to verify compliance with the Contract Documents.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
152
10.1.6 Operation and Maintenance Data
Operation Data: Include manufacturer's instructions, start-up data, and trouble-shooting check lists
for pumps, pump motors and controls.
Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's literature, cleaning procedures, replacement parts lists,
and repair data for pumps, pump motors and controls.
10.1.7 Quality Assurance
A. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation.
B. Maintain one copy of document on Site.
10.2 TESTS
10.2.1 Shop Tests
The pumps shall be assembled completely in the shop to ensure correct fitting of all parts and shall
be match marked before shipment, unless the pump is shipped completely assembled, to ensure
correct assembly in the field. The pump casing shall be tested hydrostatically under a pressure
equal to 150 percent of either the sum of the pump shut off head plus the maximum suction head
or the maximum working pressure whichever is greater.
The hydrostatic test pressure shall be held for not less than 30 minutes after all leaks have been
stopped.
The pumps shall be tested by and at the expense of the Contractor to establish that the
performance requirements of these Specifications and the Contractor's guarantees have been
fulfilled. The pumps shall be tested in the manufacturer's shop and the performance tests shall be
made with the entire pumping unit. Readings shall be taken at a minimum of five capacity points,
including one point with plus or minus 2 percent of capacity specified.
The tests shall be conducted in accordance with the accepted practices at full speed and unless
otherwise specified, the procedure and instruments used shall conform to the latest applicable
standards of the Hydraulic Institute Test Code, Centrifugal Pump Section. The test shall be carried
out in the presence of the representatives of the Client and the Engineer.
The test shall cover:
A. Determination of the total head.
B. Determination of rate of water pumped.
C. Measurement of input to the pump or output of the motor.
D. Determination of pump efficiency.
E. Preparation of characteristic curve showing pump efficiency, flow and head.
F. Measurement of reverse runaway speed.
G. Determination of NPSH required.
H. Minimum submergence required.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
153
10.2.2 Operational Tests
Operational tests may be performed by the Client on the pump before the pump is placed in service.
If so desired by the Client/Engineer, the tests shall be repeated one month before the expiry of
the Maintenance Period.
10.2.3 Performance Tests, Capacity and Efficiency
General: Within two weeks after the operation of the pump has been approved by the Client, as
provided in the Contract, the pumps shall be tested by and at the expense of the Contractor to
determine whether the equipment meets the guarantees as given. If so desired by the Client /
Engineer, the tests shall be repeated one month before the expiry of the Maintenance Period.
Provision in Case of Damage or Wear: Prior to the tests, the pumps will be inspected by the Engineer
and the Contractor. Should such inspection disclose any damage or wear has taken place the
Contractor shall rectify such damages at his own cost.
Capacity and Efficiency Tests: The capacity and efficiency of the pump will be determined for as
many different heads within the range of operating heads as possible. The capacities and efficiency
at the guaranteed conditions will be determined from smooth curves drawn through the test points.
Conduct of the Tests: The tests will be conducted in accordance with latest applicable standards of
the U.S. "Hydraulic Institute Test Code, Centrifugal Pump Section".
Determination of Rate of Flow: The rate of flow of water through the pump will be determined by
the properly calibrated rate of flow indicator furnished with the pump.
Determination of Total Head: Total head on the pump (H) will be the difference between the
pressure elevation at the pump discharge and the pressure elevation near the entrance to the
suction elbow, both corrected for velocity head. All measurements will be determined by the
instruments furnished with pump.
Determination of Power: The electrical input to the motor will be measured by using accurate,
sensitive and calibrated, test instruments connected to the permanently installed instrument
transformers or as directed by the Engineer. The input to the pump will be the measured input to
the motor minus the mechanical and electrical losses in the motor. The losses in the motor will be
determined by separate tests in accordance with the latest standards and test codes of the Institute
of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc; and the American National Standards Institute.
Determination of Efficiency Curve: The efficiency curve of the pump will be determined from
smooth curves of the input, head and rate of flow of water, all as determined in accordance with
the above sub-paragraphs.
Runaway Tests: The pumps will be subject to runaway tests & witnessed by the Engineer. The tests
will be performed under normal operating conditions by interrupting the power supply.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
154
10.2.4 Delivery, Storage and Handling
• Deliver, store, protect and handle products according to Manufacturer's Instructions.
• Accept pumps and components at site in factory packing. Inspect for damage. Comply with
manufacturers rigging and installation instructions.
• Protect pumps and components from physical damage, including effects of weather, water
and construction debris.
• Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps, and maintain in place until installation.
10.3 PRODUCTS
10.3.1 Pumps
AWWA E103-15 Horizontal and Vertical Line-Shaft Pumps
This standard provides minimum requirements for the horizontal centrifugal pumps and vertical
line-shaft pumps for installation in wells, water treatment plants, water transmission systems,
and water distribution systems should conform to AWWA-E103-15.
Pumps described in this standard are intended for pumping freshwater having a pH range
between 5.5 and 10.0, a temperature range from 33°F to 125°F, a maximum chloride content of
250 mg/L, and a maximum suspended solids content of 1,000 mg/L, and that is either potable or
will be treated to become potable.
Pumps covered by this standard
Driver power range: 10 hp to 1,500 hp (7 kW to 1,100 kW)
Rate of flow (at BEP): 100 gpm to 40,000 gpm (23 m³/hr to 9,100 m³/hr)
Maximum discharge pressure ratings. The maximum steady-state pressure at the pump discharge
(which considers the suction pressure, possible operation for short periods at shutoff head, and
the elevation of the discharge) is limited to the pressure rating for the ANSI/AWWA C207 class
of flange shown for the pump types described below.
10.3.2 Head, Capacities and Speeds:
A. Feed Pump / Backwash Pump
Type: Horizontal Centrifugal Design Head up to 6 bar.
Design discharge: Required as per the capacity of the plants (2000 liters/per) Efficiency of
Pumps: Not less than 60 %.
Rated Power of pump motor set (as selected by plant manufacturer)
Material or equivalent
Casing DIN 1.4308 / SS304
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
155
Impeller DIN 1.4301 / SS304
Shaft Chrome Steel
B. Efficiency:
The best efficiency of the pumps shall be at the design head and it shall not be less than 60
percent.
10.4 EXECUTION
10.4.1 Installation
• Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
• Provide access space around pumps for service. Provide space not less than as
recommended by manufacturer.
• Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers if required. Support
piping adjacent to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings. Provide supports
under elbows on pump suction and discharge.
• Provide drains for bases and seals, piped to and discharging into floor drains.
• Lubricate pumps before start-up.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
156
10.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
The Contractor will operate and maintain the pumping machinery, piping and appurtenances for One
1 years after completion. The Contractor shall bear all types of expenses during the Operation and
Maintenance period for inspection and repair/replacement of equipment (if required). Specific
responsibilities of the Contractor regarding O&M of Plants are:
a. Eight (8) hours operation (max.) is required per day on utility electricity provided by local
electrical distribution company.
b. Provide detail maintenance schedule specifically for each plant indicating all the replaceable
and consumables for the period of 1 year at the time of issuance of completion certificate, get
it approved by the Client/Engineer and fix a hard copy in the office and provide copies to the
Client/Engineer.
c. Deploy at least one operator (compulsory local) as per agreement with the Client during project
execution stage at each treatment plant and train the operator regarding operation and
maintenance of the plant.
d. Keep the mechanical and electrical equipment/system in good working condition.
e. Provide a log book at each plant and operator must be guided to record the operational
meetings. All the maintenance activities, replaceable/consumables must be recorded in the log
book with signature of representative of the firm. Proper entries should be made for
maintenance consumables.
f. All the replaceable should be branded or the firm should guaranty quality of all
replaceable/consumable.
g. Keep all the premises and the dispensing area of the plant clean and hygienic.
h. Ensure 8 hours of clean and safe drinking water supply daily.
i. Maintain record of the breakdowns (if any), of the plant.
j. Prepare and provide monthly reports on operation and maintenance of the plant to the Client.
k. The Contractor will conduct quarterly water test for parameters specified and agreed between
the Client and the Contractor. These tests shall be performed from recognized ISO certified
laboratory as approved by the Client.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
157
11 TESTING AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 11.3 FACTORY TESTS:
11.3.1 THIRD PARTY INSPECTORS
All testing shall either be witnessed by a team comprising the Employer and Engineer, or
a neutral third-party inspector who shall be well versed with the testing procedure. The
Bidder/Contractor shall submit for the Employer’s approval three internationally acclaimed
inspectors. Bidders shall quote the rates of such third-party inspection teams/companies in their
Bids.
11.4 TESTS ON INSTALLATION COMPLETION
The following tests as a minimum are required to be performed on the completion of
installation of the power plant.
11.4.1 Commissioning Tests
After completion of all visual inspections from the checklist, the service provider must perform
commissioning tests to ensure all inter-connections of the components are satisfactory.
The commissioning tests comprise the following:
Cable and wiring
AC Distribution Box
Cable insulation test
String fuse continuity & String Open circuit voltage test
Grid connection tests
Acceptance test
11.4.2 Trial Run
Upon successful completion of testing and commissioning, the reliability of the system is tested
using Performance Ratio (PR) test During the Performance Ratio (PR) test, the following real
time parameters must be sampled at one-minute intervals for at least seven consecutive days:
Ambient temperature
Module temperature
AC voltage from each inverter
Following in-factory tests shall be witnessed by the Employer and/or his representative.
Applicable standard G 59/2 BS EN 61000-3-3.
Harmonic current emissions
Voltage fluctuations and flicker
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
158
Power factor
Under over voltage tests
Loss of mains test
Following standards as a minimum:
EN 62109-1 2010 (Safety)
EN 61000-6-2:2005 (EMC compatibility)
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
159
11.5 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
i. Service Conditions
a) Climate Conditions
Air temperature and relative humidity conditions are specified as a function of climatic
characteristics of the location where the equipment is to be installed. The table below shows
the ambient temperatures (see definition (1)) and the relative humidity rates to which the
equipment can be submitted according to the category they belong; the latter may be stated by
the particular specifications.
Category I II III
Rated operating
range (2)
T1:
+ 15°C
T2:
+ 30°C
T1
- 5°C
T2:
+ 40°C
T1:
- 25°C
T2:
+ 55°C
Maximum operating
limits (3)
T3:
+ 5°C
T4:
+ 40°C
T3:
- 10°C
T4:
+ 55°C
TI:
- 40°C
T2:
+ 70°C
Maximum relative
humidity
75%
at + 23°C
80%
at + 23°C
100%
at + 45°C
Storage and
transport
conditions (4)
- 40°C
+ 70°C
- 40°C
+ 70°C
- 40°C
+ 70°C
Operating location
example
Air conditioned room
Non air conditioned
room
Outdoor
Definitions:
1) Ambient temperature (IEC 441-02-06):
Temperature determined within specified conditions of the air which surrounds the whole
equipment.
2) Rated operating range:
Range of values at which the equipment performs within specifications.
3) Maximum operating limits:
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
160
Range of values at which equipment can still work without deterioration or degradation of its
operating qualities when it works again at its rated operating conditions.
4) Storage and transport conditions:
Set of climatic conditions to which the equipment can be submitted, when not operating, without
deterioration or degradation of its operating qualities when it works again in its rated operating
conditions.
The above definitions are extracted from IEC 64319.
Unless otherwise specified in the relevant particular specification (or in the scope of work):
For Site (i.e. for equipment to be installed outside) all equipment will be at least of category
II. Indoor equipment if installed in air-conditioned room shall be at least category I.
For Telecommunication equipment (if any) to be installed in air-conditioned rooms shall be, at
least, of category I; all equipment installed in other environments, shall, be at least of category
II.
Temperature and irradiance are specified as a function of climatic characteristics of the location
where the equipment is to be installed. The table and graphs below shows the ambient
temperatures and the irradiance level to which the equipment can be submitted according to
the category they belong; the latter may be stated by the particular specifications.
b) Service Experience
The bidder shall include a reference list of locations and clients to whom the specific system and
equipment type being offered has already been installed and commissioned by the bidder itself
successfully. The system and equipment type being offered shall have a minimum of five year
proven service record.
ii. Design Manufacturing and Installation Requirements
a) Quality Control & Quality Assurance
The products and systems to be supplied and installed under this Contract shall conform to the
requirements of the Specification, to the best accepted international practice and to the severe
requirements imposed by the service conditions. As a means of ensuring these objectives, the
Contractor shall maintain a documented quality control and quality assurance system, which
shall be generally in accordance with ISO 9001 or approved equivalent. The Contractor shall
ensure that the same requirements are applied to products, systems, and services supplied by
sub-contractors and suppliers. The Bidder shall submit with his Bid an outline statement of his
quality control and quality assurance policies and procedures.
b) Regulatory Standards
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
161
All equipment shall follow regulatory standards of above countries typically
IEC 61449
IEC 60947
IEC 68-2-6
IEC 68-2-27
JIS 8370
GB 14048
JIS 8201
NEMA etc.
Except where otherwise stated in the Specification, materials shall be designed, manufactured,
tested and installed according to relevant IEC/ISO/ITU Recommendations. Where no such
recommendations have been issued to cover a particular subject then a recognized regional or
national standard shall be applied. The latest edition and amendments shall apply in all cases. In
case of conflict between the Specification and any of the IEC/ISO/ITU Recommendations,
regional or national standards, then this Specification shall take precedence.
The Bidder shall state in his bid the standards and codes of practice which he proposes for any
items of system or equipment not covered by IEC/ISO/ITU Recommendations. If required by the
Engineer, the Contractor shall submit two English language copies of any standard or code of
practice.
c) System of Units
The SI system of units and Imperial system shall be used. Temperature shall be in degrees
Celsius, power in watts and irradiance in kWh/m2 etc.
d) Interchangeability
To limit the required stock of spare parts to be inventoried by the Employer all equipment and
parts thereof performing similar duties shall be interchangeable.
e) Suitability of Proposed Design
The design shall make adequate provision for:
a. Safety of Operation and maintenance personnel.
b. Reliability and continuity in service
c. Ease of inspection and maintenance
d. Ease and clarity of operation
e. Ability to withstand the sever service conditions specified.
f. Free from undue vibration
g. Precautions to minimize fire risk
f) Degree of Protection provided by Enclosure
All probes, terminal boxes, kiosks, cabinets and equipment enclosures shall have degrees of
protection provided by enclosure according to IEC 529 as follows:
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
162
Outdoor IP 44 (minimum). For submersible sensors IP 68 shall be provided.
Indoor IP 32 (minimum).
Condensation.
Any equipment enclosure such as cabinets, kiosks, mechanism boxes, etc. within which
condensation could occur and affect the performance of equipment shall be provided with an
anti-condensation space heater. They shall be automatically controlled by a humidistat, the
operating range of which shall be adjustable. It shall be possible to switch the heater on and off
manually. A space heater test circuit shall be installed in each enclosure with a test push button
and associated lamp. A switch for the purpose of isolating the power supply to the heater circuit
shall be provided at each enclosure.
All enclosures shall be designed to minimize condensation, with provision for ventilation and
drainage as appropriate.
g) Support Structures for Equipment
All support structures for equipment shall be designed to suit the service conditions specified,
the loads imposed on them, and any appropriate electrical clearance requirements.
All outdoor structures shall be hot-dip galvanized. Steel structures for indoor use shall be hot-
dip galvanized if specified in the technical sections of the specification.
h) Small Wiring
All small wiring shall comply with the provisions of the Electricity Regulations in Pakistan.
i) Equipment and Materials
All equipment and materials shall be new and of the highest quality, and shall be capable of
withstanding the stresses imposed on them under the most severe electrical, mechanical and
atmospheric conditions which may occur in service. Repair of damaged equipment or materials
shall not be allowed without the approval of the Employer.
j) Surface Treatment of Metals
Due to incidence of dust storms the surface finish proposed for outdoor equipment shall be
sufficient to prevent accelerated deterioration due to dust abrasion and dust contaminants.
All exposed metal surfaces shall be either painted, galvanized, anodized, plated or otherwise
finished to take account of the metal and the climatic conditions to be encountered in service.
k) Protective Treatment for Metal Work
i. Galvanizing
All galvanizing shall be carried out by the hot-dip process to BS 729. The zinc coating shall be
smooth, continuous and uniform. It shall be free from acid spots. There shall be no impurities in
the zinc or additives to the spelter bath, which could have a deleterious effect on the durability
of the zinc coating. Before pickling, all welding, drilling, cutting, grinding etc. shall be completed
and all grease, paint, varnish, oil, welding slag etc. completely removed. All protuberances,
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
163
which would affect the life of galvanizing, shall also be removed. The weight of zinc deposited
shall be in accordance with BS 729.
ii. Welding
Welding of proprietary items shall be carried out in accordance with an approved standard or
code of practice. The welding plants and processes used shall be suited to the materials,
configurations and purposes of the welded parts. Only qualified welders, certified for the type of
welding required, shall be employed. The Contractor shall exercise strict control over the welding
conditions and parameters and shall continuously monitor the standard of welding achieved
in accordance with the requirements of the Clause on Quality Control and Quality Assurance,
to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
l) Care of the Works and Equipment
Till such time that the plant has not been installed and tested, The Contractor will be held
responsible for the care of the works generally until their completion, including all work executed
and materials deposited on the site by him or by Sub-contractors and suppliers.
11.6 DOCUMENTATION
a) Contractor’s Responsibility
All relevant designs and drawings shall be approved by the Employer prior to commencement of
installation on site. Approval by the Employer of any design or drawing shall not relieve the
Contractor of responsibility for the correctness of designs and drawings or for the safety,
adequacy and suitability of any part of the equipment manufactured or constructed in accordance
with that design or drawing.
b) Design and Information with the Bid
The Bidder shall submit with his Bid the necessary drawings and information as specified in the
Schedule of technical Data appearing at the end of the document.
c) Design Submissions
i. General
All designs shall be submitted for the Employer's approval. Designs approved by the Employer
shall not be altered without his written agreement.
Design submissions shall be made within the times named in the particular sections of the
Specification. They shall be made in an orderly and timely manner so that the Employer shall
have adequate time for their detailed examination and for checking and approving any necessary
revisions. A period of one week shall be allowed for the Employer's checking and approval of any
design submission from date of receipt of each submission to date of notification of approval or
comments.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
164
Each design submission to the Employer shall be serially numbered and dated and shall refer to
one subject matter only. Each submission shall be accompanied by a summary sheet, which lists
the documents comprising the submission. Where a submission includes revisions of documents
previously submitted the summary sheet shall include a reference to the original submission
number.
Two copies of each design submission shall be furnished to the Engineer.
Submissions made to the Employer relating to matters normally handled at site level shall be
similarly numbered serially but in a distinctive series.
Documentation includes but not limited to:
Description of system and components including nameplate data and lists of equipment.
Operating procedures including step-by-step instructions for normal and emergency
operation.
Maintenance procedures, including routine maintenance procedures, guides to trouble- shooting,
procedures for dismantling, cable jointing instructions, repair and reassembly procedures for
alignment, adjusting and checking.
General arrangements and detail drawings for interfacing between the components and
integration with the existing system, cabinets, cables and all other items of system or
equipment.
Schematic circuit diagrams.
Detailed wiring diagrams and cable lists.
Detailed records of all type tests, routine tests and site tests.
Spare parts lists.
Each design submission to the Engineer shall be serially numbered and dated and shall refer to
one subject matter only. Each submission shall be accompanied by a summary sheet, which lists
the documents comprising the submission. Where a submission includes revisions of documents
previously submitted the summary sheet shall include a reference to the original submission
number.
ii. Drawings
Drawings shall be complete in all respects, accurate numerically and geometrically correct and
shall be sufficiently detailed to enable system and equipment erection to proceed without the
need for further supporting drawings, details or interpretation. All drawings and calculation
sheets shall have title blocks, which shall be correlated one with the other.
The Contractor shall maintain drawing reproduction facilities, to the approval of the Engineer in
his office for the duration of the Contract.
iii. Deviations
Where the Contractor proposes a deviation from the detailed requirements of the Specification
he shall make a written application for approval of such deviation to the Engineer and he shall
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
165
highlight the proposed deviation on the relevant drawings and design sheets of the submission.
Except in the case of a deviation specifically approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall be
responsible for ensuring the conformity of the Works with the Specification, notwithstanding
any general approval or lack of approval of design submissions by the Engineer.
11.7 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Operation and Maintenance instructions shall be prepared in the form of a manual for use by
the Employer's personnel.
Draft copies for the Employer's approval shall be submitted two weeks before erection of
equipment commences.
The preparation of the manual shall be carried out by personnel who are trained and experienced
in the operation and maintenance of the system and equipment described, who are skilled as
technical writers to the extent required to communicate essential data and who are skilled as
draughts-persons competent to prepare the required drawings.
11.8 PROGRAM AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
a. Outline Works Program
The Bidder shall submit with his Bid an Outline Works Program showing in bar chart form the
key dates, commencement dates, duration and completion dates of the main activities for each
site. Where the work in a site is to be completed in more than one phase the work sequences
associated with each phase shall be shown separately. The following items shall be shown:
System and equipment design and approval.
Supply of drawings and information necessary for civil design.
Manufacture of system and equipment.
System and equipment erection.
Tests on Completion.
Guaranteed Dates for Completion.
The Contractor shall perform the Works in accordance with the Outline Works Program submitted
with the Bid until the Engineer approves a detailed Works Program.
b. Detailed Works Program
Within 30 days from the date of Award of Contract the Contractor shall submit to the Employer
for approval a detailed Works Program showing the activities and sequence needed for the
orderly and coordinated performance and completion of each separate part of the Works in
order to meet the major contract events set out in the approved Outline Works Program, except
as otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer.
c. Training
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
166
The Contractor shall submit a Training Plan, which shall describe in detail how the Contractor
proposes to train the Employer's staff pursuant to the provisions of the Contract.
d. Putting into Service
The Contractor's responsibility shall include the commissioning and putting into service of all
system and equipment. No system or equipment shall be put into service without the written
approval of the Employer.
e. Tests on Completion
Prior to taking over of the system or any section of the Works or to putting any portion of the
Works into service the Contractor shall carry out Tests on Completion in accordance with the
provisions of the specifications. The tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Employer
and/or Engineer and to their satisfaction. Such tests shall be carried out at the Contractor's risk.
The Contractor shall submit for the Employer's approval a detailed schedule of all tests and
inspections to be carried out together with complete sets of the proposed measurement,
recording and reporting forms for each part of the Works. Following their approval by the
Employer/Engineer these submissions shall become part of the Test and Inspection Plan.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the measurement, recording and reporting of Tests on
Completion. As each item is completed its completion shall be certified by the Contractor and
countersigned by the Employer and Engineer.
The Tests on Completion shall verify the correct functioning of individual parts of the Works and
of systems involving more than one item of equipment. The tests shall include tests for dielectric
withstand, insulation resistance, earth resistance, correct wiring and connections, correct
functions and operating characteristics, calibration of measuring devices and other tests as may
be directed by the Engineer.
If in the opinion of the Engineer the Tests on Completion are being unduly delayed he may by
notice in writing call upon the Contractor to make such tests within 10 days from the receipt of
such notice and the Contractor shall commence such tests on such day or days within the said
10 days as the Contractor may determine and of which he shall give notice to the Engineer. If
the Contractor fails to carry out such tests within the time aforesaid the Engineer may proceed to
carry out such tests himself. All costs and losses incurred by the Employer by reason of such
failure and/or by the carrying out such tests by himself shall be borne by the Contractor.
If any portion of the Works shall fail to pass the Tests on Completion then tests on the said
portion shall, if required by the Employer, be repeated within a reasonable time upon the same
terms and conditions, save that all costs and losses incurred by the Employer in consequence of
such failure and/or by such repetition shall be borne by the Contractor.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
167
Proximate notification of each particular test or inspection shall be given to the Employer on an
approved form not later than 24 hours prior to the scheduled commencement of the particular
test.
12 TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND HAND-OVER
12.1 GENERAL
The Test and start-up operation shall be executed in accordance with the requirements specified
in the GCC and PCC of Contract.
During the testing and commissioning the Contractor shall validate the actual inflow water
characteristics and parameters. He shall also verify and demonstrate that the constructed
facilities can be operated to meet the desired treated water parameter parameters which provide
safe and clean quality drinking water.
Furthermore, the Contractor shall verify and demonstrate the automatic/manual control
operation of water treatment facilities
The Contractor shall bear all the cost for completion of a satisfactory Operational and
Performance Test including all power and water supply.
12.2 PREREQUISITES
The following activities, as applicable to the Works, shall be completed prior to start of onsite
commissioning activities:
Commissioning Planning Meeting(s) between Contractor, Employer and the Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit a Commissioning Schedule for approval by the Employer and
the Engineer prior to any works taking place. The commissioning plan shall also include
measures to be undertaken in case of unexpected events like flooding to properties, no water
during tests, no power supply during the test and develop alternatives, etc.
The Contractor shall submit test sheets and test procedures for all equipment and plant components.
The Contractor shall prepare properly calibrated test instruments according to the
requirements in Pakistan. Test instruments shall have been calibrated within 1 year prior
the test date. The Contractor has to submit proof of proper test calibration.
Verification that equipment is installed and ready for operation, including receipt of
Manufacturer’s Certificates of Proper Installation for equipment where required in the
individual equipment Specifications.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
168
Coordination with public utilities, if necessary
Coordination with permits issuers and inspectors to obtain required permission to operate system for testing, if necessary
Programming and initial set point adjustment of PLC instruments, etc.
Calibration of flow meters, pressure transmitter, chemical dosing equipment, etc.
Conduct and complete leak testing.
12.3 TEST AND COMMISSIONING
No test shall be conducted without the approved test procedure including test sheets and if the
Contractors fails to submit the document according to the GCC.
On the completion of construction, installation and erection works of any equipment, water
treatment units and whole plant, the contractor shall carry out the following performance tests:
Appropriate inspections,
No load test (dry) functional tests,
Functional tests under load conditions.
The Contractor shall submit the performance test reports to obtain Engineer’s approval.
12.4 START-UP OPERATION
When all performance tests are completed and the test reports are approved by the Engineer,
the contractor shall operate selected units or whole water treatment units. Unless otherwise
specified the Contractor shall conduct the operational tests and start-up the operation of the
facilities by the following activities and procedures:
i. Running: The Contractor shall maintain continuous running of testing units. During test
running, following main indicators shall be analyzed and recorded every 4 hours:
Water flows through running units, expressed as m3/h;
Production capacity,
Power consumptions, expressed as Kwh;
Chemical dose in mg/l and chemical use in L/m3 treated water;
Water quality of inlets and outlets,
Period of filter backwashing, real time backwashing cycle;
ii. Adjustment and calibration: The Contractor shall adjust the flow, capacity, chemical dosing
etc. if the recorded water analyses do not meet the requirements
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
169
iii. Commissioning: The operational test will be completed and commissioned only when all
operational indicators become stable within the limit for continuous operation of 72 hours, and
shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval
iv. Operational test fails: In the case the operational test does not meet the requirement due to the
Contractors faults in supply or construction works; the test will be immediately suspended. The
contractor shall remedy all defects and seek prior approval of the Engineer for a full re- test
which will be conducted under the same conditions until successful completion.
12.5 HAND OVER OF THE SITE
In compliance with the contractual requirements and with approval of the Engineer, the
Contractor shall hand-over the commissioned units or plants to the Employer for operation
after completion of O&M period of 01 Years.
170
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
13.1 GENERAL
The main objection of the Client, Punjab Aab-e-Pak Authority, is the stable supply of safe drinking
water in accordance with valid standards to the rural population. Therefore, proper operation and
maintenance of the water supply system on a routine basis is the most important element which
has to be considered by the Contractor.
At a date to be agreed with the Engineer, the plants shall be commissioned, and the Contractor shall
be responsible for operation and maintenance of the plant for a period of one year.
The commencement of the 12 month (01 years) operation and maintenance period will be when
the last Treatment Plant and Site has been successfully tested and commissioned within the time
period of the contract. The 1-year O&M period will also include the 12 months’ defect liability period.
The Operating Contractor will at the end of each 12 month’ period prepare and agree jointly with
the employer an asset condition register of all major Plant and Equipment items by mutual
agreement and this ‘Condition Register must be signed off by both parties. The registers will be an
accumulated chronology for a full 01 years (12 months) culminating in an agreed forensic asset
condition survey after 12 months. All attendances to the Site & Treatment Plants will be logged in a
GIS data base for asset identification and record any and all attendances for the geo-tagged location.
If the asset condition assessed on a simple evaluation schedule is found wanting the Contractor will
be instructed to improve the asset to a mutually acceptable condition.
The Contractor will be encouraged to conduct Operation and maintenance on the successfully
tested and commissioned treatment plants and sites prior to Contract completion by pricing for this
activity separately in the Bill of Quantities.
13.2 SCOPE
The scope of works covered by this section is to improve the efficiency, effectiveness and
sustainability of the water supply and the equipment. Operation and Maintenance activities
described here are the minimum requirements of the Employer (PSPC) and shall be directed towards
the elimination or reduction of the major constraints which prevent the achievement of
sustainability.
This document presents the general concepts and practices that must be adopted for effective
Operation and Maintenance (O&M). The O&M specifics are considered for the proposed
infrastructures to be installed by the Contractor and include, but not limited to, the following
elements:
171
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Water source and tube well pump
Power source
Processes (Filtration, etc.)
Chemical Dosing and Handling
Reservoirs
Markaz E Aab (safe water distribution point)
Pipelines, valves and other appurtenances
Security and ancillary structures.
The Operation and Maintenance Period shall include a period during which the Contractor shall:
Employee operators (minimum one operator for each plant, unless otherwise agreed by the
Employer) for the operation and maintenance of the plant, and
Shall carry out the routine maintenance and water quality test results. During this period the
operating hours of the plants shall be 8 hours daily except
When attending to maintenance or in emergencies when his services shall be placed
unreservedly at the disposal of the Engineer, in these cases the operational hours will be
extended to 16 hours.
13.3 AIM OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Unless where otherwise specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for the establishment and
implementation of the following programs, standards and procedures, which require Employer
approval and which are included in the “Services” to be provided by the Contractor.
i. The program for establishing specific operating goals for each functional Project area, for
managing resources to minimize personnel turnover, and for qualifying personnel, to operate
and maintain the Project (including the basis for qualification ofpersonnel).
ii. The program for communicating and cooperating with Employer and governmental agencies.
iii. The Project management standards for conduct of operations, Project safety and security,
conduct of maintenance, housekeeping, material condition, and records management.
iv. The program for preparing supporting documentation, meter readings and information
necessary to accurately prepare, justify and support monthly invoices in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the Project Agreements.
172
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
v. Developing the procedures used to operate the Project as well as monitoring, evaluating, and
proposing revisions to such procedures.
vi. The Project operations and monitoring program which provides the requirements for:
Monitoring of Project Performance
Monthly Project Performance Calculations and Report
Monthly Fuel Consumption (if any) Calculations and Report
Project Permitting and Environmental Reporting
Operating Practices
Control of Equipment
Project Chemistry Control and Water Treatment
Training Programs
Contractor’s Qualifications
Operating Procedures
Status of Major Equipment
vii. The maintenance program which provides the requirements for:
Maintenance Planning
Maintenance Procedures
Preventive Maintenance
Predictive Maintenance
Maintenance Training
viii. The assets and materials management program which provides the requirements for:
Procuring Materials and Tools
Inventory Levels and Control
Renewal of Inventories
Asset management system: PSPC will develop its own GIS based asset management system.
During execution and O & M period, Contractor shall fill in the asset details in Web module and
update accordingly (where required).
ix. The diagnostic testing program for maintaining the Project and Project equipment, including
both system and component level testing.
173
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
x. The housekeeping / cleanliness program which provides the requirements for:
Hazardous Material Control
General Project Cleanliness
Equipment Condition Inspections
Hazardous Waste Program
Staff Uniforms
Android Phones for Project Monitoring: Android Phones incl. monthly bills, internet charges and
SIM cards will be provided by the Contractor to his staff for real time reporting from Project Sites
on Client’s Dashboard. The progress report of each site will be uploaded on weekly basis on
client\s monitoring Dashboard.
Water bottles to each household as approved by the client
xi. The diagnostic assessment program which provides the procedure for determining the cause(s)
of operational or equipment failures and preventing future failures through intended
improvements, including justification for such actions.
xii. The records management program for maintaining the traceability and documentation of
Project performance.
xiii. The Project safety program which provides the requirements for establishing:
Safety Monitoring
Accident Prevention Program
Accident Reporting
xiv. Monthly and yearly reporting systems of Project performance to EMPLOYER. This should include
any complaints from the community regarding the quality of water or other communal
grievances. The report should also contain the remedial actions taken to redress the complaints
so received.
xv. Irrespective of the proposed treatment / solution the security, watch and guard of each site will
be contractor’s responsibility during execution and operation and maintenance.
174
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
13.4 REPAIR TIME AND COSTS FOR O&M
Apart from the operation times, incurring repair times shall be considered as part of the O&M
contract. All costs of repairs shall be part of the Contractors annual remuneration. For the avoidance
of doubt that includes any repairs due to lightening, theft and vandalism.
All repair works and compensations shall have to be documented and to be submitted to the
Employer within two weeks. Workforce should be trained (with evidence of same) to repair any
equipment using skills that will enhance LMTRV (Low Mean Time Repair), except where specialist
repairs are called for.
The contractor will prepare a complete and comprehensive SOP for repair of any defect which may
include but not limited to:
i. The contractor shall keep inventory of spares in a sufficient number to reducedowntime.
ii. In case of breakdown the complaint will be attended in a minimum possible time but not later
than as given below:
Tube well 24 hours
Treatment Plant 24 hours
Electrical equipment 24 hours
Piping 24 hours
iii. Membranes & filters and other parts will be replaced by the Contractor as per given schedule.
13.5 PERFORMANCE TARGETS DURING THE OPERATION PERIOD
The Contractor shall bear all types of expenses during the Operation and Maintenance period
for inspection and repair/replacement of equipment (as required).
Specific responsibilities of the Contractor regarding O&M of Plants is to ensure eight (8) hours of
operation per day.
Provide detail maintenance and costed asset replacement schedule specifically for each plant
indicating all the replaceable and consumables for the period of five years at the time of
issuance of completion certificate, get it approved by the Employer and fix a hard copy in the
office and/or plant and provide copies to the Employer.
Deploy at least one operator for each plant
Provide and ensure continuous supply of clean and safe drinking water during Eight (8) hrs daily
operation according to designed capacity of respective plant meeting the WHO water quality
175
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
standards.
Keep the mechanical and electrical equipment/system in good and safe workingcondition.
Provide a log book at each plant and operator must be guided to record the operational meetings.
All the maintenance activities, replaceable/consumables must be recorded in the log book with
signature of representative of the firm. Proper entries should be made for maintenance
consumables.
All the replaceable and consumable components shall be in compliance with the contractual
requirements
Maintain record of the breakdowns and attendance on the plant.
Prepare and provide monthly reports on operation and maintenance of the plant to the Employer.
Continuous Pressured Water Supply must be provided to every Markaz E Aab Centre in the
project area.
Emergency stoppages shall not exceed twelve hours and no more than an average of four
emergency stoppages [of less than 12 hours each] shall occur in any continuous period of twelve
months.
Metering and computerized (soft copy) records of the water consumption must be maintained
for each Markaz E Aab Centre
Leaks appearing at the surface or any component of the plant must be repaired within 24 hours
of notification/observance.
Maintain the Facilities to an improved standard of maintenance and develop a comprehensive
maintenance management program
Keep all the premises and the dispensing area of the plant clean and hygienic.
Improve the management, operations, maintenance, rehabilitation and repair of the Facilities as
specified in the Contract
13.6 PENALTIES
If the Contractor fails to comply with the criteria of the Operation Service within his responsibility,
then the Contractor shall pay to the Employer the relevant sum penalty as stated below:
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
180
Water Quality on Demand
The Employer will randomly inspect 20% of the plants on a quarterly basis and also take samples for
water quality testing of these plants. If compliance to the prescribed water quality and plant
maintenance standards falls below the prescribed standards (WHO) for those plants during that
quarter, 10% of the O&M costs of all plants for subject quarter will be deducted as penalty, and the
Employer may subsequently carry out water quality testing for all the plants at the Contractor's
expense. If compliance to the prescribed water quality standards is less than the prescribed
standards, 100% of the O&M payment will be withheld until the Contractor ensures 100%
compliance to the satisfaction of the Employer.”
Submission of Documents, Reports and Data etc.
If the Contractor fails to be compliant in producing and delivering accurate reports and
documentation etc. to the requirements given notice in the Contract Documents then he shall incur
a deduction in payment of a further 1% of his interim monthly account compounded monthly for
every deliverable that he fails to supply. For the avoidance of doubt the deliverables identified within
the Contract Documents will be identified and scheduled by the Contractor for both the
Construction and Operation periods and agreed with the Engineer within 30 days of being awarded
the Contract.
13.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be provided by the Contractor for the Employer three (3)
months prior to mechanical completion of the plant. The Contractor shall also submit the training
manuals. They shall include Instruction Manuals that are complete and specific, and whose contents
conform to the index. Documents shall be used which are specific to the work, including literature
of the suppliers or manufacturers that would be useful to the Employer in the care, operation
and maintenance of the equipment. Nomenclature used to reference each item shall be consistent
throughout the manuals.
Information furnished shall be complete for equipment and systems furnished by the Contractor and
its suppliers. Material that does not contribute to the understanding of the design, care, operation
and maintenance of the equipment shall be excluded from the Instruction Manuals where practical.
If it is necessary to use existing material containing extraneous items, the item referred to shall be
clearly and plainly marked, the irrelevant data shall be deleted in an orderly and systematic manner
and the date of publication shall be clearly shown.
The Instruction Manual shall be organized as follows:
SECTION I: OPERATION
Shall include the following:
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
181
General description of equipment, including overall design, specific and special features of
design and descriptive drawings.
Performance specifications for equipment stating the basis for calculations and allowable
variations.
Information to allow the EMPLOYER to operate the facility, which shall include but not be
limited to detailed operating instructions for start-up, shut-down, normal operation and
emergency shut-down as further detailed below.
Starting instructions complete, detailed and specific for equipment furnished, noting the step-
by-step procedure to be followed. Precautions and critical points to be observed shall be
noted and emphasized as required. These instructions shall be divided into Initial Starting,
Normal Starting and Starting after extended shutdown.
Operating instructions complete, detailed and specific for equipment furnished. It shall include
precautions and critical points to be observed, including suggested form to be used in taking
periodic readings to maintain an operations record. There shall be a tabulation of possible
operating difficulties with the probable cause listed and remedial action to be taken
Shutdown instructions complete, detailed and specific for equipment furnished, noting the
step- by-step procedure to be followed for shutting down the equipment. Precautions and
critical points to be observed shall be divided into "Normal Shutdown" and "Emergency
Shutdown."
Design data for equipment and systems specifying horsepower, kilowatts, voltage, amperage,
pressure, temperature, revolutions per minute, flow, etc.
Characteristic curves for equipment where called for in the Technical Section(s) of the
equipment specifications or when normally furnished for the particular equipment, such as
fuel consumption, head, capacity, horsepower, efficiency etc.
Test reports and material specifications where the requirement for these items has been
specified in the Technical Section(s).
Operator alarm responses for enunciator alarms.
Piping and instrument diagrams which provide proper valve alignment for equipment for
normal operation.
Normal process operating ranges and set points for all plant equipment.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
182
SECTION II: MAINTENANCE
Shall include the following:
Disassembling instructions complete, detailed and specific for assemblies of equipment
furnished, noting the step-by-step procedure to be followed. Unusual care and precautions to be
taken shall be noted and emphasized. Reassembly instruction shall also be included.
Maintenance instructions complete, detailed and specific for equipment furnished normal
preventive maintenance instructions and lubrication information, including periodic inspection,
testing and maintenance requirements in accordance with applicable codes and manufacturers
'instructions. Schedule covering tests and inspections to be performed after various periods of
operation and overtime shall be included. A summary description and identification of special
tools required and/or furnished for maintenance shall also be included.
Settings, clearance and adjustment data tabulated for equipment, covering instrument settings
for operation, alarm and shutdown and operating clearance sand adjustments required for proper
operation. Also, a tabulation of recommended and actual operating conditions, such as
temperature, pressure, flow, etc., for equipment and systems. The actual shall be entered after
installation or field test. Included also shall be calibration procedures and instrument datasheets.
13.8 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
Contractor's scope of Services is based on the Project design as described in the Project Agreements,
the Project Operating Manuals and Vendor’s manuals and design/as built drawings. The Contractor
shall prepare Annual Project Operating Plans, which, in part, will define the operations procedural
requirements for the Project to meet the requirements of the Project Agreements. The Contractor,
as part of the Services, is responsible for:
i. Providing such trained personnel as is reasonably necessary to operate and maintain the Project
and provide the Services set forth in this Agreement.
ii. Operating and maintaining the Project in accordance with the approved Annual Project
Operating Plan.
iii. Planning and managing on-site operations and maintenance activities, including:
Assuring that operational goals and operating plans are consistent with the Annual Project
Operating Plan.
Assuring that the Project is operated in accordance with this Agreement and in a safe, reliable,
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
183
efficient, and prudent manner.
Assuring that operations and maintenance personnel are trained and qualified for their assigned
responsibilities and tasks, and that such qualification is maintained. A GIS based android reporting
application should be enforced and each site supervisor should be provided with a phone
compatible to run the application developed by the Employer.
Assuring that the Project meets contract, regulatory, and environmental requirements set forth in
the Project Agreements or otherwise identified by Employer or Contractor.
Managing and controlling costs consistent with agreed O&M costs.
Planning, scheduling and managing work and maintenance activities.
Defining and documenting operational technical requirements
Defining and delineating responsibilities between Contractor and Employer and identifying reporting
requirements.
Establishing labor relations and personnel programs that will meet state federal and provincial
requirements and encourage employee retention.
Maintaining a current inventory of materials and procuring all services, spare parts, operational
materials, consumables, office equipment, tools and shop equipment, or any other items or materials
required to operate or maintain the Project.
Controlling outages, both planned and unplanned, by using detailed and integrated plans and
schedules, and resource management.
Maintaining Project performance levels by using routine system and component performance
testing.
Maintaining a file of preplanned outage-related work to allow for efficient use of any forced outage
downtime.
Establishing open purchase order or contract agreements with Project equipment vendors, industrial
suppliers, jobbers, and maintenance contractors in accordance with Project Agreements to ensure
timely response to Project maintenance needs
Promptly notifying Employer in writing of any teardowns and overhauls of major equipment or
capital improvements that Contractor believes are necessary together with a proposed schedule for
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
184
completing such repairs or improvements.
Performing such other tasks which Contractor deems appropriate, from time to time, in connection
with operation of the project.
Performing such other tasks and services which Employer may reasonably request from time to time
in connection with operation of the Project.
13.9 OPERATING RECORDS AND REPORTS
General
The Contractor shall maintain, at a location acceptable to Employer, the Project operating logs,
records, and reports that document the operation and maintenance of the Project, all in form and
substance sufficient to meet Employer’s reporting requirements under the Project Agreements.
The Contractor shall maintain current revisions of drawings, specifications, lists, clarifications and
other materials related to operation and maintenance of the Project provided to Contractor by
vendors. The Contractor shall provide to the Employer reasonably necessary assistance in connection
with Employer’s compliance with reporting requirements under the Project Agreements, applicable
Laws or any other agreement to which Employer is a party relating to the Project. Such assistance
shall include providing reports, records, logs and other information that Employer may reasonably
request as to the Project or its operation.
To counter check the quality of the water produced as per Contract on a monthly analysis report for
the following parameters from PCRW/UET or other laboratories approved by the Employer from time
to time shall be submitted:
Biological Testing
Arsenic Chromium and other heavy metals
Iron
Manganese
Nitrates
Nitrites
Any other as specified from time to time
Records
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
185
An effective maintenance program can only be sustainable if the correct documents are in place.
The documents start with the commissioning period collecting all data collection, proper filing, and
safekeeping of the supply scheme’s records. For the O&M function, the following records are
particularly important and, as a minimum, should be kept and available:
All manuals on equipment and instruments
All drawings as per design
Maintenance plan
Water Analysis
Maintenance register including equipment description and identification details, maintenance
history (including condition monitoring if applicable), spare parts and supplier details.
Logbook for the purposes of recording any significant or unusual events and information which do
not logically fit into other records.
Maintain records to sufficiently document all aspects involved with the daily operation and
maintenance of the Plant, as well as any information required by any regulator. The records to
be kept, but not limited to:
chemical usage, to be recorded daily;
chemical dose rates including associated information on which the choice of dosage rates has
been based;
Records of instantaneous disinfection dose rate checks;
All equipment faults and action taken; and Stock levels of treatment chemicals, equipment spare
parts and their consumables.
Reporting
The Contractor shall develop a communication and reporting program that will keep the Employer
fully informed about all aspects of operations and maintenance as well as the performance of the
Plant. In this respect, a monthly and annual report on plant performance, incidents, failures, and
the general operation should be provided to the Employer. The Contractor shall also develop a
protocol for immediate notification to the Employer of any failure to meet water quality or effluent
quality standards. The report should contain but not be limited to:
The type and frequency of corrective maintenance carried out in the Plant.
A summary of the operations and maintenance activities for the Plant.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
186
Moreover, provide a supplemental operating report which may reasonably be required by the
Owner from time to time.
Formal monthly reporting will be submitted to the Client within week after the end of the calendar
month and shall include all labour plant and equipment records associated with the monthly and
cumulative attendance together with running hours, breakdowns along with compliance by way of
evidence with water quality testing reports. The MOM’s of the Monthly Operating Progress will be
produced by the Engineer and formal signatures of agreement for the final MOM’s must be made
within 2 weeks of the set\scheduled meetings.
Complaints and Penalties
Complaints shall be classified into two classes as follows:
General complaints are day to day maintenance issues like minor breakdowns caused by the
consumer, having no influence on the quality of water and malfunctioning of the installation. These
complaints shall be addressed as per the conditions of the contract. These complaints must be
addressed within single working day failing which the conditions of contract and its relevant clauses
will be invoked which may lead to doing the work on the risk and cost of the contractor adding
consequential damages and overheads expenditures by the client the amount spent by the client
will either be adjusted from the monthly invoice submitted or retention money held or/performance
guarantee forfeiture.
Serious complaints shall be the ones having impact on the quality of water delivered and non-
provision of water to consumer for more than one day. For all such complaints a penalty at the
rate of PKR 10,000/- per day each complaint unresolved shall be imposed to be deducted from the
payable invoice for the month. However, the penalty imposed shall not be more than the invoice of
that month.
13.10 CAPACITY BUILDING PLANS FOR O&M PERSONNEL
The Contractor shall organize a training program through National or by State Resource Centers
authorized by the Government of Pakistan. The personnel who are already available during
construction or chosen to later carry out the works contained in the program may have to be
trained through special courses or by “on the job training “to ensure that these personnel are
thoroughly trained to carry out the action listed in the plan of Preventative maintenance. The
supervisors can be trained initially who in turn may train the operators. Regular inspections by
Supervisors could also eliminate plant shutdowns.
The Contractor shall propose an organogram for the O&M personnel with one main responsible
and suitable person in charge of the O&M of all the water supply scheme (s), the “O&M Manager”.
This person shall have to fulfil all local requirements and standards, shall have sufficient experience
and shall be approved by the Employer. Any replacement or substitute of this person shall be
subject to approval by the Employer.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
187
13.11 PLAN FOR PROVIDING SPARES AND TOOLS
It is essential to ensure the availability of spare parts like stand by pump-sets, minimum numbers of
different sizes of jointing materials assessed on the basis of lengths of pipe lines, all sizes of nuts
and bolts, bearings, pipe pieces of different sizes & materials, electric spares like MCBs, Relay etc. A
critical spares list and along with a schedule of spare plant and equipment must be kept in hard and
soft form and submitted and updated monthly to maintain the same spares.
Elimination of wastes should be avoided when having spares inventory. Stores should have
“minimum” spare parts but “maximum” to fulfil the need of the Maintenance Schedules. This will
lead to unnecessary parts lying for years and be thrown away.
The contractor should provide an inventory planning schedule and it should indicate the method of
collaboration between stores and staff.
13.12 APPROVAL
Extensive repairs requiring an amendment to the designed water supply schemes or an exchange of
original equipment against different types, as for example by the installation of non-original spare
parts have to be approved by the Employer. For any such major repairs or replacement, a report
must be submitted with a copy of all the maintenance that has been done on the equipment that
needs to be replaced.
13.13 SECURITY AND SAFETY
The Contractor shall ensure the security of the Plant and access only to the respective Operators
and implement a site-specific safety program to include training, record keeping, safety meetings
and an emergency response program.
The Contractor has the responsibility to provide labour and safety equipment necessary for
conducting any inspections to identify any deficiencies related to the safety of the Facilities or any
inspection which the Operator considers necessary.
The Operator shall regularly inspect the Facilities for safety deficiencies. The Operator shall carry
out these inspections at least once every 90 days.
The Contractor shall prepare a comprehensive report to the Employer outlining any safety
deficiencies at the Facilities and setting out a plan to correct the safety deficiencies
13.14 VEHICLES
For the purpose of this item, vehicles and equipment shall include but not be limited to:
All cars, trucks and four-wheel drive vehicles whether provided to the Operator by the
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
188
o Contractor or purchased by the Operator on the Contractor´s behalf.
The Operator shall repair and maintain all vehicles and equipment in accordance with the
Preventive Maintenance Program.
14 SAFETY
14.1 LABOR AND SAFETY
14.1.1 Labor
All steps pertaining to painting works shall only be performed by skilled personnel duly qualified to
do so. The Contractor shall have its own supervision personnel working in relation with the
Engineer’s quality personnel.
14.1.2 Protection of Works
Works under Progress
All necessary protection steps shall be taken to protect works under progress from dust and a
sufficient supply of clean drop clothes shall be maintained. The Contractor shall lay such drop clothes
in all areas where the painting works under progress are to be protected.
Other Works
The Contractors shall lay drop clothes in all areas where painting is being done, to protect floors,
machinery and equipment as well as other work, from damage during the prosecution of painting
works.
As a general rule, spilled paint should be cleaned up immediately.
14.1.3 Safety at Work
Personnel Safety
The Contractor shall take all necessary safety measures for the personnel, equipment and material.
o For personnel safety special personal safety equipment shall be provided to the workers during
the works. This will include but not limited to:
o Splash-proof goggles to be worn during chipping, wire brushing, sandblasting, spraying etc.
o Rubber gloves to be worn when using paint removers, acid treatment, cleaning compounds,
etc.
o Safety belts when working inside tanks, on high equipment such as bridges, structural steel
works, water towers, etc.
PUNJAB AAB-E-PROJECT (PAPA) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SUPPLY, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OF WATER FILTRATION PLANTS IN RAWALPINDI DIVISION, PUNJAB
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
189
o Airline mask when sandblasting, spraying toxic products, etc.
o The Contractor shall provide required safety gears to the Engineer’s personnel during the
inspection of work.
14.2 SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Ladders
All extension and straight ladders should be equipped with safety shoes.
All ladders shall be inspected once a month and the defected units shall be removed from the Site.
No metal ladders are allowed to be used where electric cables or sources are installed.
It is to be reminded that neither piping nor equipment is to be used to support painters, ladders or
scaffolding.
Swinging Stages and Scaffoldings
Swinging stages and scaffoldings shall always have a back-rail. They shall be tested with twice the
load they will be expected to bear in service.
Provision shall be included in the back of the back-rail for providing suitable support for all hand
tools that may be used. All tools shall be kept in this support when not in use.
General Precautions
Other requirements:
o Overhead danger signs should be used when working near walkways, over doorways, platforms
or roadways.
o Do not use paints containing a volatile solvent in enclosed areas where welders are at work.
o Use chemical type respirators when doing any spray painting except when in front of proper
spray booth.
o Face shields should be worn when using power cleaning tools and chipping hammers.
o Manila or hemp ropes are not being used for scaffolds more than 7 meters away from the
center of road tracks.
o Wear rubber gloves when using spark tester for locating breaks or pores in coatings.
o Do not seal paint cans of ready-to-mix paints after they have been mixed. The materials are not
stable when mixed. For temporary storage punch a hole in the lid.
o No lead base paint or primer should be used.
top related